1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 132 const IdentifierInfo &II, 133 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 134 // Find the first parent class template context, if any. 135 // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates. 136 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 137 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { 138 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 139 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 140 break; 141 } 142 if (!RD) 143 return ParsedType(); 144 145 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 146 // templates. 147 bool FoundTypeDecl = false; 148 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 149 auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>(); 150 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 151 continue; 152 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 153 if (!TD) 154 continue; 155 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 156 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 157 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 158 continue; 159 // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly 160 // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism. 161 for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) { 162 if (FoundTypeDecl) 163 return ParsedType(); 164 FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND); 165 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 166 return ParsedType(); 167 } 168 } 169 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 170 return ParsedType(); 171 172 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 173 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 174 // lookup during template instantiation. 175 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 176 177 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 178 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 179 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 180 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 181 182 CXXScopeSpec SS; 183 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 184 185 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 186 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 187 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 188 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 189 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 190 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 191 } 192 193 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 194 /// return the declaration of that type. 195 /// 196 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 197 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 198 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 199 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 200 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 201 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 202 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 203 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 204 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 205 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 206 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 207 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 208 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 209 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 210 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 211 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 212 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 213 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 214 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 215 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 216 217 if (!LookupCtx) { 218 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 219 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 220 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 221 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 222 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 223 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 224 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 225 // 226 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 227 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 228 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 229 return ParsedType(); 230 231 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 232 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 233 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 234 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 235 236 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 237 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 238 II, NameLoc); 239 return ParsedType::make(T); 240 } 241 242 return ParsedType(); 243 } 244 245 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 246 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 247 return ParsedType(); 248 } 249 250 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 251 // lookup for class-names. 252 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 253 LookupOrdinaryName; 254 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 255 if (LookupCtx) { 256 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 257 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 258 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 259 // nested-name-specifier. 260 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 261 262 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 263 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 264 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 265 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 266 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 267 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 268 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 269 LookupName(Result, S); 270 } 271 } else { 272 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 273 LookupName(Result, S); 274 275 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 276 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 277 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 278 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 279 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 280 return TypeInBase; 281 } 282 } 283 284 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 285 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 286 case LookupResult::NotFound: 287 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 288 if (CorrectedII) { 289 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 290 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 291 Kind, S, SS, Validator, 292 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 293 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 294 TemplateTy Template; 295 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 296 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 297 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 298 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 299 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 300 if (SS && NNS) { 301 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 302 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 303 } 304 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 305 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 306 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 307 // is handled elsewhere). 308 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 309 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 310 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 311 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 312 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 313 IsCtorOrDtorName, 314 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 315 if (Ty) { 316 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 317 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 318 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 319 if (SS && NNS) 320 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 321 *CorrectedII = NewII; 322 return Ty; 323 } 324 } 325 } 326 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 327 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 328 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 329 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 330 return ParsedType(); 331 332 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 333 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 334 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 335 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 336 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 337 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 338 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 339 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 340 return ParsedType(); 341 } 342 343 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 344 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 345 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 346 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 347 if (!IIDecl || 348 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 349 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 350 IIDecl = *Res; 351 } 352 } 353 354 if (!IIDecl) { 355 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 356 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 357 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 358 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 359 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 360 // a type name. 361 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 362 return ParsedType(); 363 } 364 365 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 366 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 367 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 368 // perform the name lookup again. 369 break; 370 371 case LookupResult::Found: 372 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 373 break; 374 } 375 376 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 377 378 QualType T; 379 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 380 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 381 382 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 383 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 384 385 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 386 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 387 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 388 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 389 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 390 // Construct a type with type-source information. 391 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 392 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 393 394 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 395 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 396 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 397 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 398 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 399 } else { 400 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 401 } 402 } 403 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 404 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 405 if (!HasTrailingDot) 406 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 407 } 408 409 if (T.isNull()) { 410 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 411 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 412 return ParsedType(); 413 } 414 return ParsedType::make(T); 415 } 416 417 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 418 static NestedNameSpecifier * 419 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 420 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 421 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 422 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 423 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 424 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 425 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 426 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 427 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 428 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 429 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 430 } 431 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 432 } 433 434 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 435 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 436 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 437 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 438 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 439 440 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 441 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 442 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 443 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 444 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 445 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 446 447 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 448 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 449 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 450 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 451 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 452 453 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 454 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 455 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 456 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 457 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 458 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 459 } 460 461 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 462 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 463 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 464 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 465 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 466 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 467 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 468 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 469 LookupName(R, S, false); 470 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 471 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 472 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 473 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 474 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 475 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 476 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 477 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 478 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 479 } 480 } 481 482 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 483 } 484 485 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 486 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 487 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 488 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 489 /// @code 490 /// template<class T> class A { 491 /// public: 492 /// typedef int TYPE; 493 /// }; 494 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 495 /// public: 496 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 497 /// }; 498 /// @endcode 499 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 500 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 501 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 502 return true; 503 504 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 505 506 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 507 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 508 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 509 return true; 510 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 511 } 512 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 513 } 514 515 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 516 SourceLocation IILoc, 517 Scope *S, 518 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 519 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 520 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 521 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 522 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 523 524 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 525 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 526 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates); 527 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 528 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 529 Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 530 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 531 // We corrected to a keyword. 532 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 533 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 534 } else { 535 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 536 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 537 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 538 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 539 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 540 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 541 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 542 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 543 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 544 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 545 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 546 } else { 547 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 548 } 549 550 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 551 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 552 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 553 SourceRange(IILoc)); 554 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 555 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 556 false, ParsedType(), 557 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 558 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 559 } 560 return; 561 } 562 563 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 564 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 565 UnqualifiedId Name; 566 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 567 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 568 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 569 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 570 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 571 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 572 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 573 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 574 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 575 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 576 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 577 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 578 } 579 return; 580 } 581 } 582 583 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 584 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 585 586 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 587 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 588 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 589 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 590 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 591 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 592 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 593 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 594 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 595 596 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 597 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 598 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 599 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 600 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 601 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 602 } else { 603 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 604 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 605 } 606 } 607 608 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 609 /// or 610 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 611 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 612 NextToken.is(tok::less); 613 614 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 615 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 616 return true; 617 618 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 619 return true; 620 } 621 622 return false; 623 } 624 625 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 626 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 627 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 628 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 629 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 630 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 631 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 632 StringRef FixItTagName; 633 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 634 case TTK_Class: 635 FixItTagName = "class "; 636 break; 637 638 case TTK_Enum: 639 FixItTagName = "enum "; 640 break; 641 642 case TTK_Struct: 643 FixItTagName = "struct "; 644 break; 645 646 case TTK_Interface: 647 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 648 break; 649 650 case TTK_Union: 651 FixItTagName = "union "; 652 break; 653 } 654 655 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 656 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 657 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 658 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 659 660 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 661 I != IEnd; ++I) 662 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 663 << Name << TagName; 664 665 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 666 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 667 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 668 return true; 669 } 670 671 return false; 672 } 673 674 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 675 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 676 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 677 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 678 679 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 680 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 681 682 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 683 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 684 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 685 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 686 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 687 } 688 689 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 690 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 691 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 692 SourceLocation NameLoc, 693 const Token &NextToken, 694 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 695 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 696 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 697 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 698 699 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 700 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 701 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 702 } 703 704 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 705 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 706 707 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 708 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 709 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 710 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 711 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 712 return TypeInBase; 713 } 714 715 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 716 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 717 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 718 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 719 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 720 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 721 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 722 return E; 723 } 724 725 bool SecondTry = false; 726 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 727 728 Corrected: 729 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 730 case LookupResult::NotFound: 731 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 732 // call. 733 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 734 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 735 // FIXME: Reference? 736 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 737 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 738 739 // C90 6.3.2.2: 740 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 741 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 742 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 743 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 744 // the function call, the declaration 745 // 746 // extern int identifier (); 747 // 748 // appeared. 749 // 750 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 751 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 752 Result.addDecl(D); 753 Result.resolveKind(); 754 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 755 } 756 } 757 758 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 759 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 760 // "struct", or "union". 761 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 762 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 763 break; 764 } 765 766 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 767 // close to this name. 768 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 769 SecondTry = true; 770 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 771 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 772 &SS, *CCC, 773 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 774 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 775 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 776 777 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 778 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 779 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 780 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 781 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 782 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 783 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 784 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 785 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 786 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 787 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 788 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 789 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 790 } 791 792 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 793 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 794 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 795 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 796 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 797 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 798 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 799 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 800 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 801 } 802 803 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 804 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 805 806 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 807 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 808 return Name; 809 810 // Also update the LookupResult... 811 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 812 Result.clear(); 813 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 814 if (FirstDecl) 815 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 816 817 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 818 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 819 // reference the ivar. 820 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 821 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 822 Result.clear(); 823 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 824 return E; 825 } 826 827 goto Corrected; 828 } 829 } 830 831 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 832 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 833 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 834 835 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 836 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 837 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 838 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 839 840 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 841 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 842 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 843 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 844 // qualified by the keyword typename. 845 // 846 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 847 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 848 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 849 // keyword here. 850 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 851 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 852 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 853 } 854 855 case LookupResult::Found: 856 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 857 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 858 break; 859 860 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 861 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 862 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 863 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 864 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 865 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 866 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 867 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 868 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 869 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 870 // ambiguous. 871 // 872 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 873 // so try again after filtering out template names. 874 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 875 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 876 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 877 break; 878 } 879 } 880 881 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 882 return NameClassification::Error(); 883 } 884 885 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 886 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 887 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 888 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 889 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 890 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 891 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 892 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 893 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 894 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 895 896 if (!Result.empty()) { 897 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 898 bool IsVarTemplate; 899 TemplateName Template; 900 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 901 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 902 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 903 Result.end()); 904 } else { 905 TemplateDecl *TD 906 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 907 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 908 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 909 910 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 911 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 912 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 913 TD); 914 else 915 Template = TemplateName(TD); 916 } 917 918 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 919 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 920 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 921 // to based on which function we selected. 922 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 923 924 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 925 } 926 927 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 928 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 929 } 930 } 931 932 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 933 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 934 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 935 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 936 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 937 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 938 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 939 return ParsedType::make(T); 940 } 941 942 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 943 if (!Class) { 944 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 945 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 946 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 947 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 948 } 949 950 if (Class) { 951 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 952 953 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 954 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 955 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 956 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 957 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 958 } 959 960 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 961 return ParsedType::make(T); 962 } 963 964 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 965 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 966 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 967 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 968 969 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 970 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 971 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 972 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 973 (NextIsOp && 974 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 975 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 976 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 977 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 978 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 979 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 980 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 981 return ParsedType::make(T); 982 } 983 984 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 985 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 986 nullptr); 987 988 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 989 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 990 } 991 992 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 993 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 994 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 995 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 996 997 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 998 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 999 // the context we'll need to return to. 1000 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1001 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1002 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1003 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1004 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1005 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1006 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1007 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1008 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1009 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1010 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1011 1012 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1013 // lexical context. 1014 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1015 return DC; 1016 1017 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1018 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1019 // class is the context we need to return to. 1020 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1021 DC = RD; 1022 1023 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1024 // declared in. 1025 return DC; 1026 } 1027 1028 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1029 } 1030 1031 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1032 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1033 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1034 CurContext = DC; 1035 S->setEntity(DC); 1036 } 1037 1038 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1039 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1040 1041 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1042 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1043 } 1044 1045 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1046 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1047 /// 1048 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1049 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1050 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1051 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1052 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1053 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1054 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1055 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1056 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1057 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1058 // namespace. 1059 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1060 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1061 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1062 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1063 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1064 1065 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1066 1067 #ifndef NDEBUG 1068 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1069 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1070 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1071 #endif 1072 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1078 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1079 1080 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1081 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1082 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1083 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1084 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1085 1086 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1087 // disappear. 1088 } 1089 1090 1091 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1092 // We assume that the caller has already called 1093 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1094 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1095 if (!FD) 1096 return; 1097 1098 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1099 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1100 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1101 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1102 CurContext = FD; 1103 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1104 1105 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1106 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1107 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1108 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1109 S->AddDecl(Param); 1110 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1111 } 1112 } 1113 } 1114 1115 1116 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1117 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1118 // rather than the top-level class. 1119 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1120 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1121 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1122 } 1123 1124 1125 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1126 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1127 /// 1128 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1129 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1130 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1131 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1132 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1133 /// attribute. 1134 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1135 ASTContext &Context) { 1136 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1137 return true; 1138 1139 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1140 return true; 1141 1142 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1143 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1144 } 1145 1146 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1147 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1148 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1149 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1150 // scope. 1151 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1152 S = S->getParent(); 1153 1154 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1155 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1156 // into any context. 1157 if (AddToContext) 1158 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1159 1160 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1161 // are function-local declarations. 1162 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1163 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1164 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1165 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1166 return; 1167 1168 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1169 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1170 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1171 return; 1172 1173 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1174 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1175 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1176 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1177 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1178 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1179 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1180 1181 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1182 break; 1183 } 1184 } 1185 1186 S->AddDecl(D); 1187 1188 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1189 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1190 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1191 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1192 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1193 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1194 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1195 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1196 continue; 1197 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1198 break; 1199 } 1200 1201 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1202 } else { 1203 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1204 } 1205 } 1206 1207 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1208 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1209 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1210 } 1211 1212 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1213 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1214 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1215 } 1216 1217 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1218 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1219 do { 1220 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1221 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1222 return S; 1223 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1224 1225 return nullptr; 1226 } 1227 1228 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1229 DeclContext*, 1230 ASTContext&); 1231 1232 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1233 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1234 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1235 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1236 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1237 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1238 while (F.hasNext()) { 1239 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1240 1241 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1242 continue; 1243 1244 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1245 continue; 1246 1247 F.erase(); 1248 } 1249 1250 F.done(); 1251 } 1252 1253 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1254 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1255 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1256 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1257 } 1258 1259 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1260 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1261 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1262 while (F.hasNext()) 1263 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1264 F.erase(); 1265 1266 F.done(); 1267 } 1268 1269 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1270 /// @code 1271 /// class S { 1272 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1273 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1274 /// }; 1275 /// @endcode 1276 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1277 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1278 // the decl here. 1279 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1280 return false; 1281 1282 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1283 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1284 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1285 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1286 return false; 1287 } 1288 1289 // We need this to handle 1290 // 1291 // typedef struct { 1292 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1293 // } A; 1294 // 1295 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1296 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1297 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1298 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1299 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1300 // not. 1301 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1302 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1303 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1304 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1305 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1306 return true; 1307 } 1308 DC = DC->getParent(); 1309 } 1310 1311 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1312 } 1313 1314 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1315 // these semantics. 1316 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1317 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1318 return false; 1319 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1320 } 1321 1322 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1323 assert(D); 1324 1325 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1326 return false; 1327 1328 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1329 // of members of class templates. 1330 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1331 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1332 return false; 1333 1334 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1335 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1336 return false; 1337 1338 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1339 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1340 return false; 1341 } else { 1342 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1343 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1344 return false; 1345 } 1346 1347 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1348 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1349 return false; 1350 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1351 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1352 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1353 // like "inline".) 1354 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1355 return false; 1356 1357 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1358 return false; 1359 1360 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1361 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1362 return false; 1363 } else { 1364 return false; 1365 } 1366 1367 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1368 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1369 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1370 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1371 } 1372 1373 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1374 if (!D) 1375 return; 1376 1377 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1378 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1379 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1380 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1381 } 1382 1383 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1384 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1385 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1386 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1387 } 1388 1389 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1390 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1391 } 1392 1393 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1394 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1395 return false; 1396 1397 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1398 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1399 return false; 1400 1401 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1402 return true; 1403 1404 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1405 // functions. 1406 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1407 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1408 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1409 WithinFunction = 1410 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1411 if (!WithinFunction) 1412 return false; 1413 1414 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1415 return true; 1416 1417 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1418 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1419 return false; 1420 1421 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1422 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1423 1424 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1425 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1426 1427 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1428 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1429 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1430 return false; 1431 } 1432 1433 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1434 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1435 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1436 return false; 1437 1438 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1439 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1440 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1441 return false; 1442 1443 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1444 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1445 return false; 1446 1447 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1448 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1449 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1450 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1451 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1452 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1453 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1454 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1455 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1456 return false; 1457 } 1458 } 1459 } 1460 } 1461 1462 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1463 } 1464 1465 return true; 1466 } 1467 1468 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1469 FixItHint &Hint) { 1470 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1471 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1472 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1473 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1474 return; 1475 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1476 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1477 } 1478 return; 1479 } 1480 1481 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1482 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1483 return; 1484 1485 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1486 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1487 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1488 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1489 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1490 } 1491 } 1492 1493 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1494 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1495 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1496 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1497 return; 1498 1499 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1500 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1501 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1502 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1503 return; 1504 } 1505 1506 FixItHint Hint; 1507 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1508 1509 unsigned DiagID; 1510 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1511 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1512 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1513 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1514 else 1515 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1516 1517 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1518 } 1519 1520 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1521 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1522 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1523 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1524 // MS inline assembly label name. 1525 bool Diagnose = false; 1526 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1527 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1528 else 1529 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1530 if (Diagnose) 1531 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1532 } 1533 1534 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1535 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1536 1537 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1538 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1539 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1540 1541 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1542 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1543 1544 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1545 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1546 1547 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1548 1549 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1550 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1551 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1552 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1553 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1554 } 1555 1556 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1557 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1558 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1559 1560 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1561 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1562 } 1563 } 1564 1565 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1566 /// 1567 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1568 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1569 /// to the fixed name. 1570 /// 1571 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1572 /// 1573 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1574 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1575 /// 1576 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1577 /// class could not be found. 1578 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1579 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1580 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1581 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1582 // creation from this context. 1583 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1584 1585 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1586 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1587 // find an Objective-C class name. 1588 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1589 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1590 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1591 Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1592 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1593 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1594 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1595 } 1596 } 1597 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1598 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1599 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1600 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1601 return Def; 1602 } 1603 1604 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1605 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1606 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1607 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1608 /// ill-formed in C++: 1609 /// @code 1610 /// struct S6 { 1611 /// enum { BAR } e; 1612 /// }; 1613 /// 1614 /// void test_S6() { 1615 /// struct S6 a; 1616 /// a.e = BAR; 1617 /// } 1618 /// @endcode 1619 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1620 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1621 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1622 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1623 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1624 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1625 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1626 /// contain non-field names. 1627 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1628 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1629 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1630 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1631 S = S->getParent(); 1632 return S; 1633 } 1634 1635 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1636 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1637 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1638 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1639 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1640 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1641 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1642 return; 1643 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1644 1645 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1646 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1647 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1648 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1649 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1650 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1651 } 1652 1653 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1654 switch (Error) { 1655 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1656 return ""; 1657 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1658 return "stdio.h"; 1659 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1660 return "setjmp.h"; 1661 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1662 return "ucontext.h"; 1663 } 1664 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1665 } 1666 1667 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1668 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1669 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1670 /// built-in. 1671 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1672 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1673 SourceLocation Loc) { 1674 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1675 1676 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1677 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1678 if (Error) { 1679 if (ForRedeclaration) 1680 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1681 << getHeaderName(Error) 1682 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1683 return nullptr; 1684 } 1685 1686 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1687 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1688 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID) 1689 << R; 1690 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1691 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1692 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1693 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1694 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1695 } 1696 1697 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1698 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1699 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1700 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1701 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1702 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1703 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1704 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1705 } 1706 1707 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1708 Parent, 1709 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1710 SC_Extern, 1711 false, 1712 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1713 New->setImplicit(); 1714 1715 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1716 // FunctionDecl. 1717 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1718 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1719 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1720 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1721 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1722 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1723 SC_None, nullptr); 1724 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1725 Params.push_back(parm); 1726 } 1727 New->setParams(Params); 1728 } 1729 1730 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1731 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1732 1733 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1734 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1735 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1736 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1737 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1738 CurContext = Parent; 1739 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1740 CurContext = SavedContext; 1741 return New; 1742 } 1743 1744 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1745 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1746 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1747 /// entity. 1748 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1749 NamedDecl *decl, 1750 LookupResult &previous){ 1751 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1752 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1753 return; 1754 1755 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1756 if (previous.empty()) 1757 return; 1758 1759 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1760 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1761 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1762 1763 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1764 if (!old->isHidden()) 1765 continue; 1766 1767 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1768 filter.erase(); 1769 } 1770 1771 filter.done(); 1772 } 1773 1774 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1775 /// entity if their types are the same. 1776 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1777 /// isSameEntity. 1778 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context, 1779 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1780 LookupResult &Previous) { 1781 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1782 if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1783 return; 1784 1785 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1786 if (Previous.empty()) 1787 return; 1788 1789 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1790 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1791 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1792 1793 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1794 if (!Old->isHidden()) 1795 continue; 1796 1797 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1798 // different linkages. 1799 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1800 if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1801 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1802 continue; 1803 1804 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1805 Filter.erase(); 1806 } 1807 1808 Filter.done(); 1809 } 1810 1811 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1812 QualType OldType; 1813 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1814 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1815 else 1816 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1817 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1818 1819 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1820 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1821 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1822 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1823 << Kind << NewType; 1824 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1825 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1826 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1827 return true; 1828 } 1829 1830 if (OldType != NewType && 1831 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1832 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1833 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1834 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1835 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1836 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1837 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1838 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1839 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1840 return true; 1841 } 1842 return false; 1843 } 1844 1845 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1846 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1847 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1848 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1849 /// 1850 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1851 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1852 // merging checks. 1853 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1854 1855 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1856 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1857 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1858 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1859 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1860 default: break; 1861 case 2: 1862 { 1863 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1864 break; 1865 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1866 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1867 break; 1868 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1869 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1870 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1871 break; 1872 } 1873 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1874 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1875 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1876 return; 1877 } 1878 case 5: 1879 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1880 break; 1881 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1882 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1883 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1884 return; 1885 case 3: 1886 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1887 break; 1888 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1889 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1890 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1891 return; 1892 } 1893 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1894 } 1895 1896 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1897 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1898 if (!Old) { 1899 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1900 << New->getDeclName(); 1901 1902 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1903 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1904 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1905 1906 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1907 } 1908 1909 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1910 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1911 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1912 1913 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1914 // with any extensions enabled. 1915 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1916 return; 1917 1918 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1919 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1920 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1921 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1922 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1923 } 1924 1925 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1926 return; 1927 1928 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1929 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1930 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1931 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1932 // to the type to which it already refers. 1933 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1934 return; 1935 1936 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1937 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1938 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1939 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1940 // 1941 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1942 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1943 // 1944 // struct S { 1945 // typedef struct A { } A; 1946 // }; 1947 // 1948 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1949 // allow the above but disallow 1950 // 1951 // struct S { 1952 // typedef int I; 1953 // typedef int I; 1954 // }; 1955 // 1956 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1957 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1958 return; 1959 1960 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1961 << New->getDeclName(); 1962 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1963 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1964 } 1965 1966 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1967 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1968 return; 1969 1970 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1971 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1972 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1973 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1974 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1975 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1976 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1977 return; 1978 1979 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 1980 << New->getDeclName(); 1981 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1982 return; 1983 } 1984 1985 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1986 /// attribute. 1987 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1988 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1989 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1990 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 1991 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1992 if (Ann) { 1993 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 1994 return true; 1995 continue; 1996 } 1997 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1998 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 1999 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2000 return true; 2001 } 2002 2003 return false; 2004 } 2005 2006 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2007 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2008 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2009 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2010 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2011 return true; 2012 } 2013 2014 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2015 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2016 /// 2017 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2018 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2019 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2020 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2021 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2022 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2023 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2024 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2025 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2026 // in a case like: 2027 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2028 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2029 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2030 // definition in such a case. 2031 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2032 return false; 2033 2034 if (I->isAlignas()) 2035 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2036 2037 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2038 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2039 OldAlign = Align; 2040 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2041 } 2042 } 2043 2044 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2045 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2046 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2047 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2048 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2049 return false; 2050 2051 if (I->isAlignas()) 2052 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2053 2054 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2055 if (Align > NewAlign) 2056 NewAlign = Align; 2057 } 2058 2059 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2060 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2061 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2062 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2063 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2064 2065 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2066 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2067 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2068 QualType Ty; 2069 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2070 Ty = VD->getType(); 2071 else 2072 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2073 2074 if (OldAlign == 0) 2075 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2076 if (NewAlign == 0) 2077 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2078 } 2079 2080 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2081 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2082 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2083 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2084 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2085 } 2086 } 2087 2088 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2089 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2090 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2091 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2092 // equivalent alignment. 2093 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2094 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2095 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2096 // have no alignment specifier. 2097 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2098 << OldAlignasAttr; 2099 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2100 << OldAlignasAttr; 2101 } 2102 2103 bool AnyAdded = false; 2104 2105 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2106 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2107 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2108 Clone->setInherited(true); 2109 New->addAttr(Clone); 2110 AnyAdded = true; 2111 } 2112 2113 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2114 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2115 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2116 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2117 Clone->setInherited(true); 2118 New->addAttr(Clone); 2119 AnyAdded = true; 2120 } 2121 2122 return AnyAdded; 2123 } 2124 2125 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2126 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2127 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2128 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2129 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2130 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2131 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2132 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2133 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2134 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2135 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2136 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2137 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2138 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2139 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2140 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2141 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2142 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2143 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2144 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2145 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2146 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2147 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2148 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2149 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2150 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2151 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2152 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2153 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2154 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2155 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2156 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2157 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2158 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2159 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2160 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2161 NewAttr = nullptr; 2162 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2163 NewAttr = nullptr; 2164 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2165 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2166 2167 if (NewAttr) { 2168 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2169 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2170 return true; 2171 } 2172 2173 return false; 2174 } 2175 2176 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2177 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2178 return TD->getDefinition(); 2179 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2180 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2181 if (Def) 2182 return Def; 2183 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2184 } 2185 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2186 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2187 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2188 return Def; 2189 } 2190 return nullptr; 2191 } 2192 2193 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2194 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2195 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2196 return true; 2197 return false; 2198 } 2199 2200 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2201 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2202 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2203 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2204 return; 2205 2206 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2207 if (!Def || Def == New) 2208 return; 2209 2210 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2211 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2212 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2213 2214 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2215 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2216 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2217 else { 2218 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2219 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2220 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2221 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2222 : diag::err_redefinition; 2223 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2224 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2225 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2226 } 2227 ++I; 2228 continue; 2229 } 2230 2231 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2232 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2233 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2234 ++I; 2235 continue; 2236 } 2237 } 2238 2239 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2240 ++I; 2241 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2242 } 2243 2244 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2245 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2246 ++I; 2247 continue; 2248 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2249 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2250 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2251 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2252 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2253 // equivalent alignment. 2254 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2255 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2256 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2257 // have no alignment specifier. 2258 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2259 << AA; 2260 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2261 << AA; 2262 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2263 --E; 2264 continue; 2265 } 2266 } 2267 2268 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2269 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2270 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2271 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2272 --E; 2273 } 2274 } 2275 2276 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2277 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2278 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2279 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2280 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2281 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2282 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2283 } 2284 2285 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2286 return; 2287 2288 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2289 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2290 2291 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2292 return; 2293 2294 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2295 2296 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2297 // we process them. 2298 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2299 2300 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2301 bool Override = false; 2302 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2303 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2304 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2305 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2306 switch (AMK) { 2307 case AMK_None: 2308 continue; 2309 2310 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2311 break; 2312 2313 case AMK_Override: 2314 Override = true; 2315 break; 2316 } 2317 } 2318 2319 // Already handled. 2320 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2321 continue; 2322 2323 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2324 foundAny = true; 2325 } 2326 2327 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2328 foundAny = true; 2329 2330 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2331 } 2332 2333 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2334 /// to the new one. 2335 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2336 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2337 Sema &S) { 2338 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2339 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2340 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2341 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2342 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2343 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2344 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2345 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2346 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2347 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2348 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2349 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2350 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2351 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2352 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2353 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2354 } 2355 2356 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2357 return; 2358 2359 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2360 2361 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2362 // done before we process them. 2363 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2364 2365 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2366 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2367 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2368 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2369 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2370 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2371 foundAny = true; 2372 } 2373 } 2374 2375 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2376 } 2377 2378 namespace { 2379 2380 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2381 /// C. 2382 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2383 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2384 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2385 QualType PromotedType; 2386 }; 2387 2388 } 2389 2390 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2391 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2392 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2393 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2394 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2395 2396 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2397 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2398 2399 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2400 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2401 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2402 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2403 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2404 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2405 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2406 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2407 } 2408 2409 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2410 } 2411 2412 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2413 // declaration, or a declaration. 2414 template <typename T> 2415 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2416 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2417 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2418 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2419 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2420 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2421 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2422 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2423 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2424 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2425 } else 2426 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2427 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2428 } 2429 2430 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2431 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2432 /// GNU89 mode. 2433 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2434 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2435 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2436 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2437 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2438 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2439 } 2440 2441 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2442 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2443 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2444 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2445 return AT; 2446 } 2447 2448 template <typename T> 2449 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2450 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2451 if (DC->isRecord()) 2452 return false; 2453 2454 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2455 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2456 return true; 2457 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2458 return true; 2459 return false; 2460 } 2461 2462 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2463 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2464 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2465 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2466 /// 2467 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2468 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2469 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2470 /// merged with. 2471 /// 2472 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2473 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2474 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2475 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2476 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2477 if (!Old) { 2478 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2479 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2480 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2481 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2482 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2483 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2484 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2485 return true; 2486 } 2487 2488 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2489 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2490 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2491 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2492 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2493 2494 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2495 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2496 if (Old && 2497 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2498 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2499 !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())) 2500 Old = nullptr; 2501 2502 if (!Old) { 2503 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2504 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2505 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2506 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2507 return true; 2508 } 2509 OldD = Old; 2510 } else { 2511 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2512 << New->getDeclName(); 2513 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2514 return true; 2515 } 2516 } 2517 2518 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2519 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2520 return true; 2521 2522 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2523 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2524 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2525 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2526 2527 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2528 // is an extern inline function. 2529 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2530 // storage classes. 2531 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2532 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2533 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2534 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2535 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2536 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2537 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2538 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2539 } else { 2540 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2541 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2542 return true; 2543 } 2544 } 2545 2546 2547 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2548 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2549 // convention of the first. 2550 // 2551 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2552 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2553 // 2554 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2555 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2556 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2557 // 2558 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2559 // other tests to run. 2560 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2561 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2562 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2563 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2564 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2565 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2566 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2567 2568 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2569 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2570 const FunctionType *FT = 2571 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2572 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2573 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2574 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2575 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2576 // there but not here. 2577 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2578 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2579 } else { 2580 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2581 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2582 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2583 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2584 << !FirstCCExplicit 2585 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2586 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2587 2588 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2589 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2590 return true; 2591 } 2592 } 2593 2594 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2595 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2596 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2597 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2598 } 2599 2600 // Merge regparm attribute. 2601 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2602 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2603 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2604 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2605 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2606 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2607 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2608 return true; 2609 } 2610 2611 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2612 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2613 } 2614 2615 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2616 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2617 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2618 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2619 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2620 return true; 2621 } 2622 2623 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2624 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2625 } 2626 2627 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2628 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2629 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2630 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2631 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2632 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2633 } 2634 2635 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2636 // UndefinedButUsed. 2637 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2638 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2639 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2640 Old->isUsed(false) && 2641 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2642 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2643 SourceLocation())); 2644 2645 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2646 // about it. 2647 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2648 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2649 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2650 } 2651 2652 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2653 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2654 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2655 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2656 // cannot be overloaded. 2657 2658 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2659 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2660 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2661 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2662 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2663 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2664 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2665 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2666 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2667 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2668 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2669 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2670 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2671 QualType ResQT; 2672 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2673 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2674 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2675 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2676 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2677 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2678 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2679 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2680 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2681 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2682 else 2683 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2684 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2685 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2686 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2687 return true; 2688 } 2689 else 2690 NewQType = ResQT; 2691 } 2692 2693 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2694 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2695 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2696 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2697 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2698 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2699 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2700 New->setType( 2701 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2702 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2703 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2704 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2705 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2706 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2707 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2708 } 2709 } 2710 2711 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2712 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2713 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2714 // Preserve triviality. 2715 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2716 2717 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2718 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2719 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2720 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2721 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2722 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2723 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2724 2725 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2726 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2727 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2728 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2729 // is a static member function declaration. 2730 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2731 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2732 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2733 return true; 2734 } 2735 2736 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2737 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2738 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2739 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2740 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2741 unsigned NewDiag; 2742 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2743 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2744 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2745 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2746 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2747 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2748 else 2749 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2750 2751 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2752 } else { 2753 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2754 << New << New->getType(); 2755 } 2756 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2757 2758 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2759 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2760 // 2761 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2762 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2763 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2764 if (isFriend) { 2765 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2766 } else { 2767 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2768 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2769 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2770 return true; 2771 } 2772 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2773 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2774 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2775 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2776 return true; 2777 } 2778 } 2779 2780 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2781 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2782 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2783 // attribute. 2784 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2785 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2786 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2787 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2788 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2789 } 2790 2791 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2792 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2793 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2794 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2795 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2796 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2797 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2798 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2799 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2800 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2801 } 2802 2803 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2804 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2805 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2806 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2807 2808 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2809 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2810 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2811 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2812 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2813 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2814 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2815 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2816 } 2817 2818 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2819 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2820 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2821 // 2822 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2823 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2824 // linkage within class scope. 2825 // 2826 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2827 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2828 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2829 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2830 } else { 2831 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2832 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2833 return true; 2834 } 2835 } 2836 2837 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2838 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2839 2840 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2841 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2842 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2843 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2844 // when we instantiate the function. 2845 return false; 2846 } 2847 2848 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2849 } 2850 2851 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2852 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2853 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2854 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2855 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2856 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2857 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2858 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2859 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2860 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2861 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2862 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2863 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2864 NewQType = 2865 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2866 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2867 New->setType(NewQType); 2868 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2869 2870 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2871 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2872 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2873 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2874 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2875 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2876 SC_None, nullptr); 2877 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2878 Param->setImplicit(); 2879 Params.push_back(Param); 2880 } 2881 2882 New->setParams(Params); 2883 } 2884 2885 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2886 } 2887 2888 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2889 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2890 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2891 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2892 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2893 // the prototype. 2894 // 2895 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2896 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2897 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2898 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2899 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2900 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2901 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2902 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2903 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2904 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2905 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2906 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2907 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2908 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2909 2910 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2911 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 2912 NewProto->getReturnType()); 2913 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2914 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2915 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2916 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2917 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2918 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2919 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 2920 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2921 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2922 NewParm->getType(), 2923 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2924 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 2925 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 2926 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2927 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2928 } else 2929 LooseCompatible = false; 2930 } 2931 2932 if (LooseCompatible) { 2933 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2934 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2935 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2936 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2937 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2938 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2939 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2940 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2941 } 2942 2943 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2944 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2945 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2946 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2947 } 2948 2949 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2950 } 2951 2952 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2953 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2954 2955 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2956 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2957 unsigned BuiltinID; 2958 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2959 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2960 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2961 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2962 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2963 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2964 << Old << Old->getType(); 2965 2966 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2967 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2968 // 2969 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2970 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2971 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2972 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2973 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2974 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2975 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2976 2977 return false; 2978 } 2979 2980 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2981 } 2982 2983 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2984 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2985 return true; 2986 } 2987 2988 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2989 /// known to be compatible. 2990 /// 2991 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2992 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 2993 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2994 /// redeclaration of Old. 2995 /// 2996 /// \returns false 2997 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2998 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2999 // Merge the attributes 3000 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3001 3002 // Merge "pure" flag. 3003 if (Old->isPure()) 3004 New->setPure(); 3005 3006 // Merge "used" flag. 3007 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3008 New->setIsUsed(); 3009 3010 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3011 // declarations. 3012 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3013 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 3014 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 3015 *this); 3016 3017 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3018 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3019 3020 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3021 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3022 // was visible. 3023 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3024 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3025 New->setType(Merged); 3026 3027 return false; 3028 } 3029 3030 3031 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3032 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3033 3034 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3035 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3036 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3037 : AMK_Override; 3038 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3039 3040 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3041 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3042 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3043 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3044 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3045 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3046 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3047 3048 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3049 } 3050 3051 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3052 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3053 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3054 /// 3055 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3056 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3057 /// is attached. 3058 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3059 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3060 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3061 return; 3062 3063 QualType MergedT; 3064 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3065 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3066 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3067 return; 3068 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3069 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3070 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3071 } 3072 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3073 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3074 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3075 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3076 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3077 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3078 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3079 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3080 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3081 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3082 NewArray->getElementType())) 3083 MergedT = New->getType(); 3084 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3085 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3086 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3087 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3088 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3089 NewArray->getElementType())) 3090 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3091 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3092 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3093 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3094 Old->getType()); 3095 } 3096 } else { 3097 // C 6.2.7p2: 3098 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3099 // compatible type. 3100 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3101 } 3102 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3103 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3104 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3105 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3106 // equivalent. 3107 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3108 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3109 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3110 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3111 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3112 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3113 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3114 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3115 return; 3116 } 3117 3118 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3119 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3120 // 3121 // extern int arr[]; 3122 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3123 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3124 // 3125 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3126 // to diagnose it. 3127 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 3128 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3129 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3130 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3131 } 3132 3133 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3134 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3135 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3136 New->setType(MergedT); 3137 } 3138 3139 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3140 LookupResult &Previous) { 3141 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3142 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3143 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3144 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3145 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3146 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3147 // 3148 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3149 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3150 return false; 3151 3152 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3153 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3154 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3155 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3156 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3157 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3158 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3159 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3160 } else { 3161 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3162 // type unless we're in the same function. 3163 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3164 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3165 } 3166 } 3167 3168 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3169 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3170 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3171 /// 3172 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3173 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3174 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3175 /// 3176 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3177 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3178 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3179 return; 3180 3181 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3182 3183 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3184 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3185 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3186 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3187 if (NewTemplate) { 3188 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3189 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3190 } else 3191 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3192 } 3193 if (!Old) { 3194 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3195 << New->getDeclName(); 3196 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3197 diag::note_previous_definition); 3198 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3199 } 3200 3201 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3202 return; 3203 3204 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3205 if (NewTemplate && 3206 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3207 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3208 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3209 return; 3210 3211 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3212 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3213 // 3214 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3215 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3216 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3217 << New->getIdentifier(); 3218 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3219 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3220 } 3221 3222 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3223 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3224 // declaration 3225 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3226 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3227 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3228 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3229 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3230 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3231 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3232 } 3233 3234 // Merge the types. 3235 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3236 3237 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3238 return; 3239 3240 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3241 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3242 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3243 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3244 3245 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3246 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3247 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3248 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3249 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3250 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3251 << New->getDeclName(); 3252 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3253 } else { 3254 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3255 << New->getDeclName(); 3256 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3257 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3258 } 3259 } 3260 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3261 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3262 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3263 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3264 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3265 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3266 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3267 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3268 // identifier has external linkage. 3269 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3270 /* Okay */; 3271 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3272 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3273 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3274 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3275 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3276 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3277 } 3278 3279 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3280 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3281 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3282 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3283 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3284 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3285 } 3286 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 3287 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3288 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3289 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3290 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3291 } 3292 3293 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3294 3295 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3296 // need to check for mismatches. 3297 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3298 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3299 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3300 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3301 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3302 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3303 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3304 } 3305 3306 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3307 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3308 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3309 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3310 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3311 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3312 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3313 } else { 3314 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3315 // static and dynamic initialization. 3316 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3317 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3318 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3319 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3320 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3321 } 3322 } 3323 3324 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3325 const VarDecl *Def; 3326 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3327 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3328 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3329 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3330 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3331 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3332 return; 3333 } 3334 3335 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3336 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3337 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3338 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3339 return; 3340 } 3341 3342 // Merge "used" flag. 3343 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3344 New->setIsUsed(); 3345 3346 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3347 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3348 if (NewTemplate) 3349 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3350 3351 // Inherit access appropriately. 3352 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3353 if (NewTemplate) 3354 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3355 } 3356 3357 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3358 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3359 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3360 DeclSpec &DS) { 3361 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3362 } 3363 3364 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3365 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3366 return; 3367 3368 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3369 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3370 // it is anonymous. 3371 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3372 return; 3373 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3374 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3375 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3376 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3377 return; 3378 } 3379 3380 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3381 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3382 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3383 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3384 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3385 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3386 Tag, 3387 MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3388 } 3389 } 3390 3391 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3392 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3393 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3394 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3395 DeclSpec &DS, 3396 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3397 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3398 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3399 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3400 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3401 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3402 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3403 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3404 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3405 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3406 3407 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3408 return nullptr; 3409 3410 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3411 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3412 // it's a Type. 3413 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3414 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3415 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3416 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3417 } 3418 3419 if (Tag) { 3420 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 3421 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3422 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3423 return Tag; 3424 } 3425 3426 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3427 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3428 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3429 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3430 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3431 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3432 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3433 } 3434 3435 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3436 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3437 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3438 if (Tag) 3439 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3440 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3441 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3442 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3443 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3444 else 3445 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3446 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3447 return TagD; 3448 } 3449 3450 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3451 3452 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3453 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3454 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3455 if (TagD && !Tag) 3456 return nullptr; 3457 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3458 } 3459 3460 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3461 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3462 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3463 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3464 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3465 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3466 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3467 // or an explicit specialization. 3468 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3469 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3470 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3471 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3472 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3473 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3474 << SS.getRange(); 3475 return nullptr; 3476 } 3477 3478 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3479 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3480 3481 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3482 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3483 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3484 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3485 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3486 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3487 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3488 3489 DeclaresAnything = false; 3490 } 3491 } 3492 3493 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3494 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3495 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3496 // 3497 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3498 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3499 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3500 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3501 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3502 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3503 // struct STRUCT; 3504 // union UNION; 3505 // and 3506 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3507 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3508 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3509 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3510 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3511 if (Tag) 3512 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3513 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3514 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3515 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3516 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3517 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3518 3519 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3520 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3521 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3522 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3523 } 3524 3525 DeclaresAnything = false; 3526 } 3527 } 3528 3529 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3530 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3531 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3532 return TagD; 3533 3534 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3535 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3536 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3537 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3538 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3539 DeclaresAnything = false; 3540 3541 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3542 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3543 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3544 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3545 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3546 else 3547 DeclaresAnything = false; 3548 } 3549 3550 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3551 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3552 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3553 << Tag->getTagKind() 3554 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3555 3556 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3557 3558 // C 6.7/2: 3559 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3560 // or the members of an enumeration. 3561 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3562 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3563 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3564 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3565 // previous declaration. 3566 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3567 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3568 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3569 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3570 return TagD; 3571 } 3572 3573 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3574 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3575 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3576 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3577 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3578 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3579 // 3580 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3581 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3582 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3583 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3584 3585 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3586 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3587 // useless. 3588 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3589 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3590 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3591 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3592 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3593 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3594 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3595 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3596 } 3597 3598 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3599 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3600 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3601 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3602 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3603 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3604 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3605 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3606 // Restrict is covered above. 3607 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3608 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3609 } 3610 3611 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3612 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3613 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3614 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3615 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3616 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3617 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3618 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3619 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3620 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3621 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3622 while (attrs) { 3623 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3624 << attrs->getName() 3625 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3626 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3627 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3628 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3629 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3630 } 3631 } 3632 } 3633 3634 return TagD; 3635 } 3636 3637 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3638 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3639 /// 3640 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3641 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3642 Scope *S, 3643 DeclContext *Owner, 3644 DeclarationName Name, 3645 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3646 unsigned diagnostic) { 3647 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3648 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3649 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3650 3651 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3652 return false; 3653 3654 // Pick a representative declaration. 3655 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3656 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3657 3658 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3659 return false; 3660 3661 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3662 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3663 3664 return true; 3665 } 3666 3667 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3668 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3669 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3670 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3671 /// struct, e.g., 3672 /// 3673 /// @code 3674 /// union { 3675 /// int i; 3676 /// float f; 3677 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3678 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3679 /// @endcode 3680 /// 3681 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3682 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3683 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3684 DeclContext *Owner, 3685 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3686 AccessSpecifier AS, 3687 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3688 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3689 unsigned diagKind 3690 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3691 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3692 3693 bool Invalid = false; 3694 3695 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3696 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3697 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3698 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3699 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3700 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3701 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3702 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3703 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3704 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3705 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3706 Invalid = true; 3707 } else { 3708 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3709 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3710 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3711 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3712 // anonymous union is declared. 3713 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3714 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3715 for (auto *PI : IF->chain()) 3716 Chaining.push_back(PI); 3717 else 3718 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3719 3720 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3721 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3722 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3723 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3724 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3725 3726 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3727 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3728 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3729 3730 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3731 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3732 3733 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3734 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3735 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3736 3737 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3738 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3739 3740 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3741 } 3742 } 3743 } 3744 3745 return Invalid; 3746 } 3747 3748 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3749 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3750 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3751 static StorageClass 3752 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3753 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3754 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3755 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3756 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3757 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3758 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3759 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3760 return SC_None; 3761 return SC_Extern; 3762 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3763 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3764 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3765 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3766 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3767 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3768 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3769 } 3770 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3771 } 3772 3773 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3774 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3775 3776 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3777 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3778 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3779 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3780 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3781 return FD->getLocation(); 3782 } 3783 3784 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3785 } 3786 3787 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3788 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3789 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3790 return; 3791 3792 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 3793 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 3794 } 3795 3796 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3797 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 3798 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3799 return; 3800 3801 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 3802 } 3803 3804 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3805 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3806 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3807 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3808 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3809 AccessSpecifier AS, 3810 RecordDecl *Record, 3811 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 3812 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3813 3814 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3815 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3816 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3817 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3818 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3819 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3820 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3821 3822 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3823 // structs/unions. 3824 bool Invalid = false; 3825 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3826 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 3827 unsigned DiagID; 3828 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3829 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3830 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3831 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3832 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3833 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3834 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3835 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3836 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3837 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3838 3839 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3840 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3841 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 3842 } 3843 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3844 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3845 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3846 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3847 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3848 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3849 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3850 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3851 3852 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3853 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3854 SourceLocation(), 3855 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3856 } 3857 } 3858 3859 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3860 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3861 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3862 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3863 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3864 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3865 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3866 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3867 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3868 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3869 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3870 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3871 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3872 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3873 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3874 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3875 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3876 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3877 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3878 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3879 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3880 3881 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3882 } 3883 3884 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3885 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3886 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3887 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3888 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 3889 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 3890 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3891 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3892 // members (clause 11). 3893 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3894 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3895 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3896 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3897 Invalid = true; 3898 } 3899 3900 // C++ [class.union]p1 3901 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3902 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3903 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3904 // array of such objects. 3905 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3906 Invalid = true; 3907 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 3908 // Any implicit members are fine. 3909 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3910 // This is a type that showed up in an 3911 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3912 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3913 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3914 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 3915 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3916 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3917 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3918 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3919 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3920 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3921 else { 3922 // This is a nested type declaration. 3923 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3924 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3925 Invalid = true; 3926 } 3927 } else { 3928 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3929 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3930 // not part of standard C++. 3931 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3932 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3933 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3934 } 3935 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 3936 // Any access specifier is fine. 3937 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 3938 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 3939 } else { 3940 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3941 // member. Complain about it. 3942 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3943 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 3944 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3945 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 3946 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3947 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 3948 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3949 3950 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3951 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3952 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3953 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3954 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3955 else { 3956 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 3957 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3958 Invalid = true; 3959 } 3960 } 3961 } 3962 3963 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 3964 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 3965 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 3966 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 3967 Owner->isRecord()) 3968 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 3969 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 3970 } 3971 3972 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3973 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3974 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3975 Invalid = true; 3976 } 3977 3978 // Mock up a declarator. 3979 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3980 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3981 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3982 3983 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3984 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 3985 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3986 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3987 DS.getLocStart(), 3988 Record->getLocation(), 3989 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 3990 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3991 TInfo, 3992 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 3993 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3994 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3995 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3996 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3997 } else { 3998 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3999 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4000 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4001 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4002 // an error here 4003 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4004 Invalid = true; 4005 SC = SC_None; 4006 } 4007 4008 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4009 DS.getLocStart(), 4010 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4011 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4012 TInfo, SC); 4013 4014 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4015 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4016 // initializer: 4017 // union { int n = 0; }; 4018 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4019 } 4020 Anon->setImplicit(); 4021 4022 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4023 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4024 4025 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4026 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4027 // its members. 4028 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4029 4030 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4031 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4032 // purposes. 4033 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4034 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4035 4036 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4037 Chain, false)) 4038 Invalid = true; 4039 4040 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4041 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4042 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4043 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 4044 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 4045 ManglingContextDecl)) { 4046 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 4047 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4048 } 4049 } 4050 } 4051 4052 if (Invalid) 4053 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4054 4055 return Anon; 4056 } 4057 4058 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4059 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4060 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4061 /// Example: 4062 /// 4063 /// struct A { int a; }; 4064 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4065 /// 4066 /// void foo() { 4067 /// B var; 4068 /// var.a = 3; 4069 /// } 4070 /// 4071 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4072 RecordDecl *Record) { 4073 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4074 4075 // Mock up a declarator. 4076 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4077 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4078 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4079 4080 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4081 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4082 4083 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4084 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4085 ParentDecl, 4086 DS.getLocStart(), 4087 DS.getLocStart(), 4088 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4089 RecTy, 4090 TInfo, 4091 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4092 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4093 Anon->setImplicit(); 4094 4095 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4096 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4097 4098 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4099 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4100 // purposes. 4101 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4102 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4103 4104 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4105 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4106 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4107 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4108 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4109 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4110 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4111 } 4112 4113 return Anon; 4114 } 4115 4116 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4117 /// given Declarator. 4118 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4119 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4120 } 4121 4122 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4123 DeclarationNameInfo 4124 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4125 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4126 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4127 4128 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4129 4130 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4131 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4132 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4133 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4134 return NameInfo; 4135 4136 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4137 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4138 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4139 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4140 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4141 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4142 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4143 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4144 return NameInfo; 4145 4146 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4147 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4148 Name.Identifier)); 4149 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4150 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4151 return NameInfo; 4152 4153 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4154 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4155 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4156 if (Ty.isNull()) 4157 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4158 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4159 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4160 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4161 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4162 return NameInfo; 4163 } 4164 4165 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4166 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4167 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4168 if (Ty.isNull()) 4169 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4170 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4171 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4172 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4173 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4174 return NameInfo; 4175 } 4176 4177 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4178 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4179 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4180 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4181 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4182 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4183 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4184 4185 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4186 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4187 4188 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4189 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4190 // was qualified. 4191 4192 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4193 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4194 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4195 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4196 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4197 return NameInfo; 4198 } 4199 4200 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4201 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4202 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4203 if (Ty.isNull()) 4204 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4205 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4206 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4207 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4208 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4209 return NameInfo; 4210 } 4211 4212 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4213 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4214 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4215 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4216 } 4217 4218 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4219 4220 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4221 } 4222 4223 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4224 do { 4225 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4226 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4227 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4228 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4229 else 4230 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4231 } while (true); 4232 } 4233 4234 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4235 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4236 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4237 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4238 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4239 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4240 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4241 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4242 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4243 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4244 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4245 Params.clear(); 4246 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4247 return false; 4248 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4249 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4250 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4251 4252 // The parameter types are identical 4253 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4254 continue; 4255 4256 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4257 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4258 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4259 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4260 4261 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4262 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4263 Params.push_back(Idx); 4264 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4265 return false; 4266 } 4267 4268 return true; 4269 } 4270 4271 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4272 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4273 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4274 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4275 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4276 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4277 DeclarationName Name) { 4278 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4279 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4280 // - types which will become injected class names 4281 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4282 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4283 // few cases here. 4284 4285 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4286 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4287 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4288 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4289 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4290 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4291 // Grab the type from the parser. 4292 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4293 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4294 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4295 4296 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4297 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4298 // attached already. 4299 if (!TSI) 4300 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4301 4302 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4303 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4304 if (!TSI) return true; 4305 4306 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4307 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4308 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4309 break; 4310 } 4311 4312 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4313 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4314 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4315 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4316 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4317 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4318 break; 4319 } 4320 4321 default: 4322 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4323 break; 4324 } 4325 4326 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4327 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4328 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4329 4330 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4331 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4332 // pointer. 4333 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4334 continue; 4335 4336 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4337 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4338 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4339 return true; 4340 } 4341 4342 return false; 4343 } 4344 4345 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4346 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4347 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4348 4349 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4350 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4351 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4352 4353 return Dcl; 4354 } 4355 4356 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4357 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4358 /// name different from T: 4359 /// - every static data member of class T; 4360 /// - every member function of class T 4361 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4362 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4363 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4364 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4365 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4366 4367 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4368 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4369 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4370 return true; 4371 } 4372 4373 return false; 4374 } 4375 4376 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4377 /// nested-name-specifier. 4378 /// 4379 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4380 /// 4381 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4382 /// resolves. 4383 /// 4384 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4385 /// 4386 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4387 /// 4388 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4389 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4390 DeclarationName Name, 4391 SourceLocation Loc) { 4392 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4393 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4394 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4395 4396 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4397 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4398 // 4399 // class X { 4400 // void X::f(); 4401 // }; 4402 // 4403 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4404 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4405 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4406 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4407 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4408 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4409 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4410 SS.clear(); 4411 } else { 4412 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4413 } 4414 return false; 4415 } 4416 4417 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4418 // declaration. 4419 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4420 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4421 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4422 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4423 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4424 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4425 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4426 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4427 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4428 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4429 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4430 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4431 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4432 else 4433 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4434 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4435 4436 return true; 4437 } 4438 4439 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4440 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4441 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4442 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4443 SS.clear(); 4444 4445 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4446 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4447 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4448 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4449 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4450 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4451 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4452 return true; 4453 4454 return false; 4455 } 4456 4457 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4458 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4459 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4460 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4461 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4462 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4463 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4464 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4465 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4466 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4467 4468 return false; 4469 } 4470 4471 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4472 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4473 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4474 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4475 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4476 4477 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4478 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4479 if (!Name) { 4480 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4481 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4482 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4483 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4484 return nullptr; 4485 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4486 return nullptr; 4487 4488 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4489 // we find one that is. 4490 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4491 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4492 S = S->getParent(); 4493 4494 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4495 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4496 D.setInvalidType(); 4497 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4498 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4499 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4500 return nullptr; 4501 4502 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4503 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4504 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4505 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4506 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4507 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4508 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4509 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4510 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4511 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4512 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4513 return nullptr; 4514 } 4515 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4516 4517 if (!IsDependentContext && 4518 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4519 return nullptr; 4520 4521 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4522 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4523 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4524 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4525 D.setInvalidType(); 4526 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4527 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4528 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4529 if (DC->isRecord()) 4530 return nullptr; 4531 4532 D.setInvalidType(); 4533 } 4534 } 4535 4536 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4537 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4538 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4539 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4540 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4541 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4542 D.setInvalidType(); 4543 } 4544 } 4545 4546 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4547 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4548 // Just return early; it's safer. 4549 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4550 return nullptr; 4551 4552 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4553 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4554 4555 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4556 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4557 D.setInvalidType(); 4558 4559 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4560 ForRedeclaration); 4561 4562 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4563 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4564 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4565 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4566 4567 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4568 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4569 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4570 // 4571 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4572 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4573 // the same name. 4574 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4575 /* Do nothing*/; 4576 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4577 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4578 R->isFunctionType())) { 4579 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4580 CreateBuiltins = 4581 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4582 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4583 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4584 CreateBuiltins = true; 4585 4586 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4587 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4588 4589 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4590 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4591 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4592 4593 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4594 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4595 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4596 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4597 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4598 // thereof; [...] 4599 // 4600 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4601 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4602 // we want to match. For example, given: 4603 // 4604 // class X { 4605 // void f(); 4606 // void f(float); 4607 // }; 4608 // 4609 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4610 // 4611 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4612 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4613 // matches. 4614 4615 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4616 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4617 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4618 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4619 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4620 } 4621 4622 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4623 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4624 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4625 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4626 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4627 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4628 4629 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4630 Previous.clear(); 4631 } 4632 4633 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4634 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4635 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4636 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4637 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4638 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4639 Previous.clear(); 4640 4641 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4642 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4643 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4644 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4645 4646 NamedDecl *New; 4647 4648 bool AddToScope = true; 4649 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4650 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4651 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4652 return nullptr; 4653 } 4654 4655 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4656 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4657 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4658 TemplateParamLists, 4659 AddToScope); 4660 } else { 4661 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4662 AddToScope); 4663 } 4664 4665 if (!New) 4666 return nullptr; 4667 4668 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4669 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4670 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4671 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4672 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4673 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4674 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4675 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4676 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4677 if (!AddToContext) 4678 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4679 } 4680 4681 return New; 4682 } 4683 4684 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4685 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4686 /// GCC compatibility). 4687 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4688 ASTContext &Context, 4689 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4690 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4691 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4692 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4693 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4694 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4695 SizeIsNegative = false; 4696 Oversized = 0; 4697 4698 if (T->isDependentType()) 4699 return QualType(); 4700 4701 QualifierCollector Qs; 4702 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4703 4704 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4705 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4706 QualType FixedType = 4707 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4708 Oversized); 4709 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4710 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4711 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4712 } 4713 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4714 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4715 QualType FixedType = 4716 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4717 Oversized); 4718 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4719 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4720 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4721 } 4722 4723 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4724 if (!VLATy) 4725 return QualType(); 4726 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4727 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4728 return QualType(); 4729 4730 llvm::APSInt Res; 4731 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4732 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4733 return QualType(); 4734 4735 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4736 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4737 SizeIsNegative = true; 4738 return QualType(); 4739 } 4740 4741 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4742 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4743 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4744 Res); 4745 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4746 Oversized = Res; 4747 return QualType(); 4748 } 4749 4750 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4751 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4752 } 4753 4754 static void 4755 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4756 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4757 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4758 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4759 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4760 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4761 return; 4762 } 4763 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4764 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4765 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4766 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4767 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4768 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4769 return; 4770 } 4771 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4772 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4773 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4774 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4775 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4776 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4777 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4778 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4779 } 4780 4781 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4782 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4783 /// GCC compatibility). 4784 static TypeSourceInfo* 4785 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4786 ASTContext &Context, 4787 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4788 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4789 QualType FixedTy 4790 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4791 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4792 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4793 return nullptr; 4794 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4795 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4796 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4797 return FixedTInfo; 4798 } 4799 4800 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4801 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4802 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4803 /// function-scope declarations. 4804 void 4805 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4806 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4807 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4808 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4809 return; 4810 4811 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4812 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4813 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4814 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4815 } 4816 4817 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4818 if (ExternalSource) { 4819 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4820 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4821 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4822 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4823 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4824 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4825 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4826 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4827 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4828 } 4829 } 4830 4831 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4832 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr; 4833 } 4834 4835 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4836 /// does not identify a function. 4837 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4838 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4839 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4840 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4841 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4842 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4843 4844 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4845 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4846 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4847 4848 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4849 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4850 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4851 4852 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4853 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4854 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4855 } 4856 4857 NamedDecl* 4858 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4859 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4860 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4861 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4862 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4863 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4864 D.setInvalidType(); 4865 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4866 DC = CurContext; 4867 Previous.clear(); 4868 } 4869 4870 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4871 4872 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4873 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4874 << 1; 4875 4876 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4877 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4878 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4879 return nullptr; 4880 } 4881 4882 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4883 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 4884 4885 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4886 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4887 4888 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4889 4890 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4891 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4892 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4893 return ND; 4894 } 4895 4896 void 4897 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4898 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4899 // then it shall have block scope. 4900 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4901 // that redeclarations will match. 4902 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4903 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4904 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4905 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4906 4907 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 4908 bool SizeIsNegative; 4909 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4910 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4911 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4912 SizeIsNegative, 4913 Oversized); 4914 if (FixedTInfo) { 4915 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4916 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4917 } else { 4918 if (SizeIsNegative) 4919 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4920 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4921 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4922 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4923 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4924 << Oversized.toString(10); 4925 else 4926 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4927 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4928 } 4929 } 4930 } 4931 } 4932 4933 4934 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4935 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4936 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4937 NamedDecl* 4938 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4939 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4940 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4941 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4942 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 4943 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 4944 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4945 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4946 Redeclaration = true; 4947 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4948 } 4949 4950 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4951 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4952 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4953 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4954 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4955 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4956 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4957 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4958 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4959 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4960 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4961 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4962 } 4963 4964 return NewTD; 4965 } 4966 4967 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4968 /// previous declaration. 4969 /// 4970 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4971 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4972 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4973 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4974 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4975 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4976 /// 4977 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4978 /// lookup 4979 /// 4980 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4981 /// declared. 4982 /// 4983 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4984 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4985 static bool 4986 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4987 ASTContext &Context) { 4988 if (!PrevDecl) 4989 return false; 4990 4991 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4992 return false; 4993 4994 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4995 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4996 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4997 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4998 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4999 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5000 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5001 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5002 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5003 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5004 return false; 5005 5006 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5007 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5008 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5009 return false; 5010 5011 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5012 // previous declarations. 5013 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5014 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5015 5016 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5017 // isn't the same function. 5018 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5019 return false; 5020 } 5021 5022 return true; 5023 } 5024 5025 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5026 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5027 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5028 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5029 } 5030 5031 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5032 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5033 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5034 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5035 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5036 unsigned kind = -1U; 5037 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5038 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5039 kind = 0; // __block 5040 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5041 kind = 1; // global 5042 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5043 kind = 3; // ivar 5044 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5045 kind = 2; // field 5046 } 5047 5048 if (kind != -1U) { 5049 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5050 << kind; 5051 } 5052 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5053 // Try to infer lifetime. 5054 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5055 return false; 5056 5057 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5058 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5059 decl->setType(type); 5060 } 5061 5062 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5063 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5064 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5065 var->getTLSKind()) { 5066 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5067 << var->getType(); 5068 return true; 5069 } 5070 } 5071 5072 return false; 5073 } 5074 5075 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5076 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5077 // the wrong linkage. 5078 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5079 5080 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5081 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5082 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5083 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5084 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5085 } 5086 } 5087 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5088 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5089 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5090 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5091 } 5092 } 5093 5094 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 5095 // It does not apply to functions. 5096 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5097 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5098 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5099 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5100 } 5101 } 5102 5103 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5104 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5105 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5106 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5107 << &ND << Attr; 5108 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5109 } 5110 } 5111 } 5112 5113 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5114 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5115 bool IsSpecialization) { 5116 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5117 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5118 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5119 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5120 5121 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5122 return; 5123 5124 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5125 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5126 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5127 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5128 5129 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5130 // inherited attribute instances. 5131 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5132 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5133 5134 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5135 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5136 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5137 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5138 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5139 5140 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5141 // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for 5142 // free functions and global variables. 5143 bool JustWarn = false; 5144 if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && OldDecl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5145 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5146 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5147 JustWarn = true; 5148 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5149 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5150 JustWarn = true; 5151 } 5152 5153 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5154 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5155 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5156 << NewDecl 5157 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5158 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5159 if (!JustWarn) { 5160 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5161 return; 5162 } 5163 } 5164 5165 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5166 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5167 // and qualified friend declarations. 5168 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5169 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5170 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5171 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5172 // separately. 5173 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5174 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5175 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5176 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5177 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5178 } 5179 5180 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5181 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5182 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5183 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5184 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5185 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5186 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5187 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5188 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5189 } 5190 } 5191 5192 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5193 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5194 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5195 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5196 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5197 5198 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5199 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5200 5201 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5202 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5203 return false; 5204 5205 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5206 5207 #ifndef NDEBUG 5208 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5209 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5210 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5211 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5212 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5213 #endif 5214 5215 bool isC99Inline = 5216 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5217 5218 #ifndef NDEBUG 5219 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5220 #endif 5221 5222 return isC99Inline; 5223 } 5224 5225 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5226 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5227 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5228 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5229 /// 5230 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5231 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5232 /// 5233 /// For instance: 5234 /// 5235 /// auto x = []{}; 5236 /// 5237 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5238 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5239 /// 5240 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5241 template<typename T> 5242 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5243 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5244 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5245 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5246 return false; 5247 } 5248 return D->isExternC(); 5249 } 5250 5251 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5252 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5253 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5254 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5255 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5256 return true; 5257 if (DC->isRecord()) 5258 return false; 5259 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5260 } 5261 5262 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5263 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5264 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5265 return true; 5266 if (DC->isRecord()) 5267 return false; 5268 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5269 } 5270 5271 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5272 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5273 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5274 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5275 return true; 5276 return false; 5277 } 5278 5279 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5280 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5281 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5282 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5283 return true; 5284 5285 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5286 // position to the decl itself. 5287 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5288 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5289 return true; 5290 } 5291 5292 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5293 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5294 } 5295 5296 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5297 /// function-local external declaration. 5298 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5299 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5300 return false; 5301 5302 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5303 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5304 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5305 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5306 return true; 5307 5308 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5309 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5310 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5311 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5312 // 5313 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5314 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5315 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5316 DC = DC->getParent(); 5317 return true; 5318 } 5319 5320 NamedDecl * 5321 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5322 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5323 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5324 bool &AddToScope) { 5325 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5326 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5327 5328 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5329 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 5330 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5331 5332 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5333 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5334 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5335 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5336 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5337 SC = SC_Extern; 5338 5339 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5340 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5341 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5342 5343 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5344 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5345 QualType NR = R; 5346 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5347 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5348 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5349 D.setInvalidType(); 5350 break; 5351 } 5352 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5353 } 5354 5355 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5356 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5357 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5358 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5359 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5360 D.setInvalidType(); 5361 } 5362 } 5363 } 5364 5365 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5366 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5367 // an error here 5368 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5369 D.setInvalidType(); 5370 SC = SC_None; 5371 } 5372 5373 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5374 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5375 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5376 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5377 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5378 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5379 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5380 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5381 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5382 } 5383 5384 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5385 if (!II) { 5386 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5387 << Name; 5388 return nullptr; 5389 } 5390 5391 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5392 5393 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5394 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5395 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5396 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5397 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5398 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5399 D.setInvalidType(); 5400 } 5401 } 5402 5403 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5404 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5405 // OpenCL __local address space. 5406 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5407 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5408 } 5409 5410 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5411 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5412 // space qualifiers. 5413 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5414 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5415 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5416 } 5417 5418 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5419 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5420 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5421 // address space qualifiers. 5422 if (R->isEventT()) { 5423 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5424 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5425 D.setInvalidType(); 5426 } 5427 5428 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5429 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5430 D.setInvalidType(); 5431 } 5432 } 5433 } 5434 5435 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5436 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5437 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5438 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5439 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5440 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5441 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5442 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5443 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5444 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5445 R, TInfo, SC); 5446 5447 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5448 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5449 } else { 5450 bool Invalid = false; 5451 5452 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5453 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5454 switch (SC) { 5455 case SC_None: 5456 break; 5457 case SC_Static: 5458 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5459 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5460 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5461 break; 5462 case SC_Auto: 5463 case SC_Register: 5464 case SC_Extern: 5465 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5466 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5467 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5468 // of class members 5469 5470 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5471 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5472 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5473 break; 5474 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5475 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5476 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5477 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5478 } 5479 } 5480 5481 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5482 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5483 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5484 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5485 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5486 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5487 5488 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5489 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5490 if (RD->isUnion()) 5491 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5492 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5493 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5494 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5495 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5496 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5497 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5498 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5499 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5500 } 5501 } 5502 5503 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5504 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5505 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5506 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5507 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5508 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5509 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5510 : nullptr, 5511 TemplateParamLists, 5512 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5513 5514 if (TemplateParams) { 5515 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5516 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5517 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5518 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5519 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5520 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5521 << II 5522 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5523 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5524 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5525 } else { 5526 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5527 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5528 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5529 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5530 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5531 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5532 // This is a template declaration. 5533 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5534 5535 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5536 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5537 return nullptr; 5538 5539 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5540 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5541 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5542 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5543 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5544 } 5545 } 5546 } else { 5547 assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && 5548 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5549 } 5550 5551 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5552 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5553 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5554 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5555 : SourceLocation(); 5556 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5557 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5558 IsPartialSpecialization); 5559 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5560 return nullptr; 5561 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5562 AddToScope = false; 5563 } else 5564 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5565 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5566 5567 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5568 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5569 NewTemplate = 5570 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5571 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5572 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5573 } 5574 5575 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5576 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5577 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5578 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5579 5580 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5581 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5582 if (NewTemplate) 5583 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5584 } 5585 5586 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5587 5588 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5589 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5590 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5591 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5592 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5593 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5594 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5595 5596 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5597 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5598 } 5599 5600 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5601 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5602 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5603 if (NewTemplate) 5604 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5605 5606 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5607 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5608 5609 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5610 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 5611 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5612 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5613 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5614 // explicitly. 5615 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5616 // 'extern'. 5617 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 5618 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 5619 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5620 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5621 else 5622 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5623 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5624 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5625 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5626 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5627 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5628 else 5629 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5630 } 5631 5632 // C99 6.7.4p3 5633 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5634 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5635 // thread storage duration... 5636 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5637 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5638 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5639 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5640 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5641 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5642 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5643 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5644 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5645 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5646 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5647 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5648 } 5649 } 5650 5651 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5652 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5653 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5654 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5655 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5656 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5657 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5658 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5659 << 2 5660 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5661 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5662 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5663 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5664 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5665 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5666 else { 5667 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5668 if (NewTemplate) 5669 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5670 } 5671 } 5672 5673 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5674 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5675 5676 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5677 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5678 // storage [duration]." 5679 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5680 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5681 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5682 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5683 } 5684 } 5685 5686 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5687 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5688 // check the VarDecl itself. 5689 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5690 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5691 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5692 5693 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5694 // retainable type. 5695 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5696 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5697 5698 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5699 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5700 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5701 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5702 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5703 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5704 switch (SC) { 5705 case SC_None: 5706 case SC_Auto: 5707 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5708 break; 5709 case SC_Register: 5710 // Local Named register 5711 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5712 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5713 break; 5714 case SC_Static: 5715 case SC_Extern: 5716 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5717 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5718 break; 5719 } 5720 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 5721 // Global Named register 5722 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5723 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5724 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 5725 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 5726 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5727 } 5728 } 5729 5730 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5731 Context, Label, 0)); 5732 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5733 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5734 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5735 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5736 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5737 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5738 } 5739 } 5740 5741 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5742 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 5743 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5744 5745 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5746 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5747 // declaration has linkage). 5748 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5749 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 5750 IsExplicitSpecialization || 5751 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5752 5753 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5754 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5756 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5757 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5758 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5759 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5760 5761 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5762 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5763 } else { 5764 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 5765 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5766 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5767 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5768 5769 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5770 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5771 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5772 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5773 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5774 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5775 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5776 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5777 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5778 Previous.clear(); 5779 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5780 } 5781 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5782 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5783 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5784 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5785 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5786 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5787 } 5788 5789 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5790 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5791 5792 if (NewTemplate) { 5793 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 5794 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 5795 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 5796 : nullptr; 5797 5798 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5799 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5800 // template declaration. 5801 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5802 TemplateParams, 5803 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5804 : nullptr, 5805 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5806 DC->isDependentContext()) 5807 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5808 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5809 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5810 5811 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5812 // template, make a note of that. 5813 if (PrevVarTemplate && 5814 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5815 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5816 } 5817 } 5818 5819 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5820 5821 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5822 // the map of such variables. 5823 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5824 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5825 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5826 5827 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5828 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5829 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5830 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5831 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5832 Context.setManglingNumber( 5833 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 5834 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5835 } 5836 } 5837 5838 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 5839 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 5840 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 5841 IsExplicitSpecialization); 5842 } 5843 5844 if (NewTemplate) { 5845 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5846 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5847 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5848 return NewTemplate; 5849 } 5850 5851 return NewVD; 5852 } 5853 5854 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5855 /// -Wshadow. 5856 /// 5857 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5858 /// scope. 5859 /// 5860 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5861 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5862 /// 5863 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5864 // Return if warning is ignored. 5865 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 5866 return; 5867 5868 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5869 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5870 return; 5871 5872 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5873 5874 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5875 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5876 return; 5877 5878 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5879 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5880 return; 5881 5882 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5883 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5884 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5885 if (MD->isStatic()) 5886 return; 5887 5888 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5889 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5890 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5891 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5892 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 5893 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5894 ShadowedDecl = I; 5895 break; 5896 } 5897 } 5898 5899 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5900 5901 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5902 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5903 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5904 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5905 return; 5906 5907 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5908 // static data members from base classes? 5909 5910 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5911 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5912 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5913 } 5914 5915 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5916 unsigned Kind; 5917 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5918 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5919 Kind = 3; // field 5920 else 5921 Kind = 2; // static data member 5922 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5923 Kind = 1; // global 5924 else 5925 Kind = 0; // local 5926 5927 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5928 5929 // Emit warning and note. 5930 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 5931 return; 5932 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5933 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5934 } 5935 5936 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5937 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5938 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 5939 return; 5940 5941 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5942 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5943 LookupName(R, S); 5944 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5945 } 5946 5947 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5948 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5949 template<typename T> 5950 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5951 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5952 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5953 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5954 5955 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5956 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5957 // declaration. 5958 return false; 5959 } 5960 5961 if (Prev) { 5962 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5963 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5964 // redeclaration. 5965 Previous.clear(); 5966 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5967 return true; 5968 } 5969 5970 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5971 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5972 // declaration. 5973 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5974 return false; 5975 } else { 5976 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5977 // translation unit which might conflict. 5978 if (IsGlobal) { 5979 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5980 IsGlobal = false; 5981 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5982 I != E; ++I) { 5983 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5984 Prev = *I; 5985 break; 5986 } 5987 } 5988 } else { 5989 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 5990 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 5991 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 5992 I != E; ++I) { 5993 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5994 Prev = *I; 5995 break; 5996 } 5997 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 5998 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 5999 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6000 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6001 // diagnostic. 6002 } 6003 } 6004 6005 if (!Prev) 6006 return false; 6007 } 6008 6009 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6010 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6011 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6012 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6013 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6014 else 6015 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6016 6017 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6018 << IsGlobal << ND; 6019 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6020 << IsGlobal; 6021 return false; 6022 } 6023 6024 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6025 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6026 /// 6027 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6028 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6029 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6030 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6031 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6032 template<typename T> 6033 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6034 LookupResult &Previous) { 6035 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6036 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6037 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6038 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6039 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6040 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6041 Previous.clear(); 6042 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6043 return true; 6044 } 6045 } 6046 return false; 6047 } 6048 6049 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6050 // declaration. 6051 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6052 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6053 6054 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6055 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6056 // in another scope. 6057 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6058 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6059 6060 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6061 return false; 6062 } 6063 6064 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6065 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6066 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6067 return; 6068 6069 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6070 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6071 6072 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6073 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6074 return; 6075 6076 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6077 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6078 6079 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6080 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6081 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6082 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6083 NewVD->setType(T); 6084 } 6085 6086 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6087 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6088 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6089 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6090 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6091 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6092 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6093 return; 6094 } 6095 6096 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6097 // __constant address space. 6098 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6099 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6100 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6101 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6102 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6103 return; 6104 } 6105 6106 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6107 // scope. 6108 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6109 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6110 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6111 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6112 return; 6113 } 6114 6115 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6116 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6117 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6118 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6119 else { 6120 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6121 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6122 } 6123 } 6124 6125 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6126 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6127 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6128 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6129 6130 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6131 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6132 bool SizeIsNegative; 6133 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6134 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6135 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6136 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6137 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6138 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6139 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6140 // int a[10][n]; 6141 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6142 6143 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6144 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6145 << SizeRange; 6146 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6147 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6148 << SizeRange; 6149 else 6150 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6151 << SizeRange; 6152 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6153 return; 6154 } 6155 6156 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6157 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6158 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6159 else 6160 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6161 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6162 return; 6163 } 6164 6165 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6166 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6167 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6168 } 6169 6170 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6171 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6172 // of objects and functions. 6173 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6174 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6175 << T; 6176 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6177 return; 6178 } 6179 } 6180 6181 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6182 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6183 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6184 return; 6185 } 6186 6187 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6188 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6189 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6190 return; 6191 } 6192 6193 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6194 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6195 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6196 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6197 return; 6198 } 6199 } 6200 6201 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6202 /// declaration. 6203 /// 6204 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6205 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6206 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6207 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6208 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6209 /// 6210 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6211 /// 6212 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6213 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6214 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6215 6216 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6217 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6218 return false; 6219 6220 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6221 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6222 if (Previous.empty() && 6223 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6224 Previous.setShadowed(); 6225 6226 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6227 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 6228 6229 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6230 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6231 return true; 6232 } 6233 return false; 6234 } 6235 6236 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 6237 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 6238 Sema *S; 6239 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6240 }; 6241 6242 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6243 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6244 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6245 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 6246 CXXBasePath &Path, 6247 void *UserData) { 6248 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6249 6250 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 6251 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 6252 6253 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 6254 6255 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6256 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6257 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6258 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6259 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6260 6261 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6262 } 6263 6264 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 6265 !Path.Decls.empty(); 6266 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6267 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6268 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6269 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 6270 return true; 6271 } 6272 } 6273 6274 return false; 6275 } 6276 6277 namespace { 6278 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6279 } 6280 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6281 /// overriden methods. 6282 /// 6283 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6284 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6285 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6286 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6287 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6288 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6289 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6290 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6291 I != E; ++I) { 6292 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6293 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6294 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6295 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6296 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6297 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6298 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6299 } 6300 } 6301 6302 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6303 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6304 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6305 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 6306 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6307 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 6308 Data.Method = MD; 6309 Data.S = this; 6310 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6311 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6312 bool AddedAny = false; 6313 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 6314 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6315 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6316 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6317 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6318 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6319 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6320 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6321 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6322 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6323 AddedAny = true; 6324 } 6325 } 6326 } 6327 } 6328 6329 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6330 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6331 } 6332 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6333 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6334 } 6335 6336 return AddedAny; 6337 } 6338 6339 namespace { 6340 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6341 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6342 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6343 Scope *S; 6344 Declarator &D; 6345 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6346 bool AddToScope; 6347 }; 6348 } 6349 6350 namespace { 6351 6352 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6353 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6354 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6355 public: 6356 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6357 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6358 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6359 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6360 6361 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6362 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6363 return false; 6364 6365 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6366 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6367 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6368 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6369 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6370 6371 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6372 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6373 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6374 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6375 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6376 return true; 6377 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6378 return true; 6379 } 6380 } 6381 } 6382 6383 return false; 6384 } 6385 6386 private: 6387 ASTContext &Context; 6388 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6389 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6390 }; 6391 6392 } 6393 6394 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6395 /// 6396 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6397 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6398 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6399 /// the same name. 6400 /// 6401 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6402 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6403 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6404 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6405 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6406 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6407 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6408 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6409 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6410 TypoCorrection Correction; 6411 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6412 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6413 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6414 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6415 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6416 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6417 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6418 6419 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6420 if (IsLocalFriend) 6421 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6422 else 6423 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6424 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6425 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6426 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6427 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 6428 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr); 6429 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6430 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6431 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6432 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6433 if (FD && 6434 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6435 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6436 // involve a parameter 6437 unsigned ParamNum = 6438 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6439 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6440 } 6441 } 6442 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6443 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6444 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6445 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator, 6446 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6447 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6448 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6449 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6450 Previous.clear(); 6451 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6452 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6453 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6454 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6455 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6456 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6457 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6458 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6459 } 6460 } 6461 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6462 6463 NamedDecl *Result; 6464 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6465 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6466 { 6467 // Trap errors. 6468 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6469 6470 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6471 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6472 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6473 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6474 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6475 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6476 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6477 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6478 6479 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6480 Result = nullptr; 6481 } 6482 6483 if (Result) { 6484 // Determine which correction we picked. 6485 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6486 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6487 I != E; ++I) 6488 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6489 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6490 6491 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6492 Correction, 6493 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6494 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6495 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6496 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6497 return Result; 6498 } 6499 6500 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6501 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6502 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6503 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6504 Previous.clear(); 6505 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6506 } 6507 6508 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6509 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6510 6511 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6512 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6513 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6514 6515 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6516 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6517 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6518 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6519 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6520 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6521 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6522 6523 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6524 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6525 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6526 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6527 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6528 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6529 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6530 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6531 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6532 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6533 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6534 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6535 } else 6536 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6537 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6538 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6539 } 6540 return nullptr; 6541 } 6542 6543 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 6544 Declarator &D) { 6545 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6546 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6547 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6548 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6549 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6550 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6551 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6552 D.setInvalidType(); 6553 break; 6554 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6555 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6556 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6557 return SC_None; 6558 return SC_Extern; 6559 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6560 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6561 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6562 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6563 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6564 // other than extern 6565 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6566 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6567 diag::err_static_block_func); 6568 break; 6569 } else 6570 return SC_Static; 6571 } 6572 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6573 } 6574 6575 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6576 return SC_None; 6577 } 6578 6579 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6580 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6581 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6582 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 6583 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6584 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6585 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6586 6587 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6588 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6589 6590 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6591 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6592 // prototype. This true when: 6593 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6594 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6595 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6596 bool HasPrototype = 6597 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6598 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6599 6600 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6601 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6602 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6603 HasPrototype, false); 6604 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6605 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6606 6607 // Set the lexical context. 6608 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 6609 6610 return NewFD; 6611 } 6612 6613 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6614 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6615 6616 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6617 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6618 // the class has been completely parsed. 6619 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6620 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6621 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6622 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6623 D.setInvalidType(); 6624 6625 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6626 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6627 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6628 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6629 6630 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6631 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6632 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6633 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6634 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6635 isConstexpr); 6636 6637 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6638 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6639 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6640 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6641 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6642 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6643 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6644 D.getLocStart(), 6645 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6646 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6647 6648 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6649 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6650 // it yet. 6651 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6652 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6653 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6654 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6655 } 6656 6657 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6658 return NewDD; 6659 6660 } else { 6661 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6662 D.setInvalidType(); 6663 6664 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6665 // code path. 6666 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6667 D.getLocStart(), 6668 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6669 SC, isInline, 6670 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6671 } 6672 6673 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6674 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6675 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6676 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6677 return nullptr; 6678 } 6679 6680 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6681 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6682 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6683 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6684 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6685 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6686 6687 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6688 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6689 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6690 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6691 // constructor if it has no return type). 6692 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6693 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6694 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6695 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6696 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6697 return nullptr; 6698 } 6699 6700 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6701 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6702 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6703 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6704 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6705 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6706 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6707 return Ret; 6708 } else { 6709 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6710 // prototype. This true when: 6711 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6712 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6713 D.getLocStart(), 6714 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6715 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6716 } 6717 } 6718 6719 enum OpenCLParamType { 6720 ValidKernelParam, 6721 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6722 PtrKernelParam, 6723 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6724 InvalidKernelParam, 6725 RecordKernelParam 6726 }; 6727 6728 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6729 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6730 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6731 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 6732 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 6733 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 6734 : PtrKernelParam; 6735 } 6736 6737 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6738 // be used as builtin types. 6739 6740 if (PT->isImageType()) 6741 return PtrKernelParam; 6742 6743 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6744 return InvalidKernelParam; 6745 6746 if (PT->isEventT()) 6747 return InvalidKernelParam; 6748 6749 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6750 return InvalidKernelParam; 6751 6752 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6753 return RecordKernelParam; 6754 6755 return ValidKernelParam; 6756 } 6757 6758 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6759 Sema &S, 6760 Declarator &D, 6761 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6762 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 6763 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6764 6765 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6766 // used again 6767 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6768 return; 6769 6770 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6771 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6772 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6773 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6774 // pointer to a pointer type. 6775 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6776 D.setInvalidType(); 6777 return; 6778 6779 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 6780 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6781 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6782 // pointer to the private address space. 6783 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 6784 D.setInvalidType(); 6785 return; 6786 6787 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6788 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6789 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6790 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6791 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6792 6793 case InvalidKernelParam: 6794 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6795 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6796 // of event_t type. 6797 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6798 D.setInvalidType(); 6799 return; 6800 6801 case PtrKernelParam: 6802 case ValidKernelParam: 6803 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6804 return; 6805 6806 case RecordKernelParam: 6807 break; 6808 } 6809 6810 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6811 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6812 6813 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6814 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6815 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6816 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 6817 6818 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6819 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6820 6821 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6822 6823 do { 6824 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6825 if (!Next) { 6826 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6827 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6828 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6829 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6830 6831 continue; 6832 } 6833 6834 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6835 // field itself) to the history stack. 6836 const RecordDecl *RD; 6837 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6838 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6839 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6840 } else { 6841 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6842 } 6843 6844 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6845 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 6846 6847 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 6848 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6849 6850 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6851 continue; 6852 6853 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6854 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6855 continue; 6856 6857 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6858 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6859 continue; 6860 } 6861 6862 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6863 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6864 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6865 // union. 6866 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 6867 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 6868 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6869 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6870 << PT->isUnionType() 6871 << PT; 6872 } else { 6873 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6874 } 6875 6876 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6877 << PD->getDeclName(); 6878 6879 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6880 // the offending field came from 6881 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6882 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6883 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6884 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6885 << OuterField->getType(); 6886 } 6887 6888 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6889 << QT->isPointerType() 6890 << QT; 6891 D.setInvalidType(); 6892 return; 6893 } 6894 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6895 } 6896 6897 NamedDecl* 6898 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6899 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6900 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6901 bool &AddToScope) { 6902 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6903 6904 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6905 6906 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6907 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6908 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6909 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6910 6911 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6912 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6913 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6914 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6915 6916 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 6917 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 6918 6919 bool isFriend = false; 6920 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 6921 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6922 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6923 6924 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6925 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6926 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6927 6928 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6929 6930 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6931 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6932 6933 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6934 isVirtualOkay); 6935 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 6936 6937 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6938 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6939 6940 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 6941 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 6942 // context will be different from the semantic context. 6943 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6944 6945 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6946 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6947 6948 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6949 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6950 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6951 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6952 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6953 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6954 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6955 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6956 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6957 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6958 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6959 } 6960 6961 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6962 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6963 // return true). 6964 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6965 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6966 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6967 NewFD->setPure(true); 6968 } 6969 6970 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6971 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6972 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6973 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6974 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6975 6976 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6977 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6978 bool Invalid = false; 6979 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 6980 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6981 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6982 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6983 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6984 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6985 : nullptr, 6986 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 6987 Invalid)) { 6988 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6989 // This is a function template 6990 6991 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6992 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6993 return nullptr; 6994 6995 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6996 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6997 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 6998 return nullptr; 6999 } 7000 7001 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7002 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7003 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7004 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7005 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7006 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7007 Invalid = true; 7008 } 7009 7010 7011 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7012 NewFD->getLocation(), 7013 Name, TemplateParams, 7014 NewFD); 7015 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7016 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7017 7018 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7019 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7020 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7021 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 7022 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7023 } 7024 } else { 7025 // This is a function template specialization. 7026 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7027 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7028 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7029 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7030 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7031 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7032 7033 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7034 if (isFriend) { 7035 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7036 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7037 7038 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7039 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7040 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7041 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7042 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7043 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7044 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7045 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7046 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7047 } 7048 7049 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7050 << Name << RemoveRange 7051 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7052 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7053 } 7054 } 7055 } 7056 else { 7057 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7058 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7059 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7060 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7061 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7062 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7063 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7064 } 7065 7066 if (Invalid) { 7067 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7068 if (FunctionTemplate) 7069 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7070 } 7071 7072 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7073 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7074 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7075 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7076 // 7077 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7078 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7079 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7080 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7081 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7082 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7083 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7084 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7085 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7086 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7087 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7088 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7089 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7090 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7091 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7092 } else { 7093 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7094 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7095 } 7096 7097 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7098 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7099 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7100 } 7101 7102 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7103 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7104 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7105 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7106 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7107 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7108 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7109 // thing to do. 7110 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7111 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7112 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7113 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7114 QualType Result = 7115 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7116 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7117 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7118 } 7119 7120 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7121 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7122 // declaration. 7123 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7124 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7125 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7126 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7127 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7128 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7129 } 7130 } 7131 7132 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7133 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7134 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7135 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7136 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7137 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7138 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7139 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7140 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7141 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7142 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7143 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7144 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7145 // or conversion function. 7146 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7147 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7148 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7149 } 7150 } 7151 7152 if (isConstexpr) { 7153 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7154 // are implicitly inline. 7155 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7156 7157 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7158 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7159 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7160 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7161 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7162 } 7163 7164 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7165 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7166 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7167 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7168 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7169 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7170 << 0 7171 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7172 } else { 7173 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7174 if (FunctionTemplate) 7175 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7176 } 7177 } 7178 7179 if (isFriend) { 7180 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7181 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7182 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7183 } 7184 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7185 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7186 } 7187 7188 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7189 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7190 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7191 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7192 case FDK_Declaration: 7193 case FDK_Definition: 7194 break; 7195 7196 case FDK_Defaulted: 7197 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7198 break; 7199 7200 case FDK_Deleted: 7201 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7202 break; 7203 } 7204 7205 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7206 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7207 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7208 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7209 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7210 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7211 } 7212 7213 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7214 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7215 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7216 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7217 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7218 // the class. 7219 7220 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7221 // member function definition. 7222 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7223 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7224 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7225 } 7226 7227 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7228 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7229 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7230 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7231 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7232 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7233 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7234 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7235 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7236 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7237 } 7238 7239 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7240 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7241 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7242 isExplicitSpecialization || 7243 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7244 7245 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7246 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7247 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7248 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7249 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7250 SE->getString(), 0)); 7251 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7252 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7253 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7254 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7255 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7256 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7257 } 7258 } 7259 7260 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7261 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7262 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7263 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7264 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7265 7266 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7267 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7268 // single void argument. 7269 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7270 // already checks for that case. 7271 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7272 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7273 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7274 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7275 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7276 Params.push_back(Param); 7277 7278 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7279 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7280 } 7281 } 7282 7283 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7284 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7285 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7286 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7287 // 7288 // @code 7289 // typedef void fn(int); 7290 // fn f; 7291 // @endcode 7292 7293 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7294 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7295 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7296 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7297 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7298 Params.push_back(Param); 7299 } 7300 } else { 7301 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7302 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7303 } 7304 7305 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7306 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7307 7308 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7309 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7310 // 7311 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7312 // 7313 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7314 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7315 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7316 7317 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7318 NewFD->addAttr( 7319 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7320 Context, 0)); 7321 7322 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7323 // because all functions have linkage. 7324 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7325 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7326 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7327 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7328 } 7329 7330 if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && 7331 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7332 NewFD->addAttr( 7333 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7334 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7335 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7336 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7337 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7338 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7339 NewFD)) 7340 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7341 } 7342 7343 // Handle attributes. 7344 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7345 7346 QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7347 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 7348 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 7349 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 7350 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 7351 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7352 // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute. 7353 // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions 7354 // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators) 7355 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) 7356 NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7357 } 7358 7359 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7360 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7361 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7362 unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace(); 7363 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7364 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7365 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7366 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7367 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7368 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7369 } 7370 } 7371 7372 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7373 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7374 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7375 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7376 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7377 7378 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7379 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7380 7381 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7382 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7383 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7384 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7385 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 7386 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7387 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7388 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7389 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7390 } else { 7391 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7392 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7393 // 7394 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7395 // 7396 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7397 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7398 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7399 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7400 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7401 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7402 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7403 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7404 7405 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7406 // argument list into our AST format. 7407 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7408 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7409 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7410 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7411 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7412 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7413 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7414 TemplateArgs); 7415 7416 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7417 7418 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7419 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7420 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7421 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7422 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7423 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7424 7425 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7426 } else { 7427 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7428 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7429 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7430 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7431 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7432 } 7433 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7434 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7435 // wrote something like: 7436 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7437 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7438 // friend void foo<>(int); 7439 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7440 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7441 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7442 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7443 } 7444 7445 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7446 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7447 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7448 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7449 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7450 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7451 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7452 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7453 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7454 InstantiationDependent))) { 7455 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7456 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7457 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7458 Previous)) 7459 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7460 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7461 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7462 && !isFriend) { 7463 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7464 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7465 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7466 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7467 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7468 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7469 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7470 : nullptr), 7471 Previous)) 7472 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7473 7474 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7475 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7476 // specialization (14.7.3) 7477 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7478 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7479 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7480 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7481 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7482 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7483 << SC 7484 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7485 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7486 7487 else 7488 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7489 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7490 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7491 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7492 } 7493 7494 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7495 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7496 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7497 } 7498 7499 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7500 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7501 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7502 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7503 7504 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7505 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7506 7507 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7508 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7509 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7510 } 7511 7512 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7513 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7514 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7515 7516 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7517 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7518 : NewFD); 7519 7520 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7521 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7522 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7523 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7524 7525 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7526 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7527 } 7528 7529 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7530 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7531 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7532 7533 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7534 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7535 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7536 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7537 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7538 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7539 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7540 : nullptr, 7541 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7542 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7543 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7544 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7545 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7546 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7547 DC->isDependentContext()) 7548 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7549 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7550 } 7551 7552 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7553 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7554 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7555 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7556 AddToScope }; 7557 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7558 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7559 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7560 7561 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7562 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7563 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7564 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7565 7566 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7567 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7568 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7569 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7570 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7571 // can actually do this check immediately. 7572 if (isFriend && 7573 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7574 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7575 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7576 // ignore these 7577 } else { 7578 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7579 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7580 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7581 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7582 // 7583 // class X { 7584 // void f() const; 7585 // }; 7586 // 7587 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7588 // 7589 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7590 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7591 // whether the parameter types are references). 7592 7593 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7594 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7595 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7596 return Result; 7597 } 7598 } 7599 7600 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7601 // to something. 7602 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7603 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7604 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7605 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7606 return Result; 7607 } 7608 } 7609 7610 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7611 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7612 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7613 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7614 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7615 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7616 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7617 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7618 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7619 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7620 // generate them. 7621 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7622 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7623 } 7624 } 7625 7626 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7627 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7628 7629 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7630 7631 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7632 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7633 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7634 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7635 << NewFD; 7636 7637 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7638 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7639 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7640 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7641 EPI.Variadic = true; 7642 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7643 7644 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7645 NewFD->setType(R); 7646 } 7647 7648 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7649 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7650 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7651 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7652 7653 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7654 // marking the function. 7655 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7656 7657 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7658 // a pragma. 7659 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7660 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7661 7662 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7663 // the map of such variables. 7664 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7665 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7666 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7667 7668 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7669 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7670 7671 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7672 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7673 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7674 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7675 } 7676 7677 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7678 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7679 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7680 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7681 return FunctionTemplate; 7682 } 7683 } 7684 7685 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7686 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7687 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7688 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7689 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7690 D.setInvalidType(); 7691 } 7692 7693 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7694 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7695 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7696 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 7697 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 7698 : FixItHint()); 7699 D.setInvalidType(); 7700 } 7701 7702 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7703 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 7704 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7705 } 7706 7707 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7708 7709 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7710 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7711 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7712 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7713 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7714 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 7715 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7716 7717 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7718 } 7719 } 7720 7721 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7722 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7723 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7724 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7725 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7726 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7727 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7728 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7729 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7730 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7731 AddToScope = false; 7732 } 7733 7734 return NewFD; 7735 } 7736 7737 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7738 /// 7739 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7740 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7741 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7742 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7743 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7744 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7745 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7746 /// 7747 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7748 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7749 /// 7750 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7751 /// 7752 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7753 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7754 LookupResult &Previous, 7755 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7756 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 7757 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7758 7759 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7760 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7761 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7762 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7763 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7764 7765 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7766 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7767 7768 bool Redeclaration = false; 7769 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 7770 7771 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7772 // the same name, if appropriate. 7773 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7774 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7775 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7776 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7777 // function to the scope. 7778 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7779 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7780 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7781 Redeclaration = true; 7782 OldDecl = Candidate; 7783 } 7784 } else { 7785 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7786 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7787 case Ovl_Match: 7788 Redeclaration = true; 7789 break; 7790 7791 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7792 Redeclaration = true; 7793 break; 7794 7795 case Ovl_Overload: 7796 Redeclaration = false; 7797 break; 7798 } 7799 7800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7801 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7802 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7803 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7804 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7805 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 7806 if (Redeclaration) 7807 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7808 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7809 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7810 if (OverloadedDecl) 7811 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7812 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7813 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7814 } 7815 } 7816 } 7817 7818 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7819 if (!Redeclaration && 7820 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7821 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7822 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7823 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7824 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7825 Redeclaration = true; 7826 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7827 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7828 7829 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7830 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7831 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7832 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7833 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7834 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7835 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7836 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7837 } 7838 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7839 Redeclaration = false; 7840 OldDecl = nullptr; 7841 } 7842 } 7843 } 7844 } 7845 7846 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7847 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7848 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7849 // 7850 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7851 // definition of a static member function. 7852 // 7853 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7854 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7855 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7856 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7857 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7858 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7859 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 7860 if (OldDecl) 7861 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 7862 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7863 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7864 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7865 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7866 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7867 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 7868 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 7869 7870 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7871 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7872 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7873 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7874 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7875 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7876 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7877 7878 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7879 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7880 } 7881 } 7882 } 7883 7884 if (Redeclaration) { 7885 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7886 // merged. 7887 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 7888 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7889 return Redeclaration; 7890 } 7891 7892 Previous.clear(); 7893 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7894 7895 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7896 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7897 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7898 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7899 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7900 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7901 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7902 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7903 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7904 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7905 } 7906 7907 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7908 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7909 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7910 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7911 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7912 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7913 } 7914 7915 } else { 7916 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7917 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7918 7919 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7920 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7921 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7922 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7923 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7924 7925 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7926 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7927 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7928 7929 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7930 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7931 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7932 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7933 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7934 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7935 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl()); 7936 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7937 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7938 } 7939 } 7940 } 7941 } 7942 } 7943 7944 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7945 7946 // Diagnose the use of callee-cleanup calls on unprototyped functions. 7947 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType()); 7948 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 7949 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewType)) { 7950 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 7951 if (isCalleeCleanup(NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 7952 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7953 // (void) parameters, so use a default-error warning in this case :-/ 7954 int DiagID = NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_X86StdCall 7955 ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7956 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7957 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()); 7958 } 7959 } 7960 7961 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7962 // C++-specific checks. 7963 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7964 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7965 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7966 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7967 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7968 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7969 7970 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7971 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7972 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7973 DeclarationName Name 7974 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7975 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7976 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7977 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7978 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7979 return Redeclaration; 7980 } 7981 } 7982 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7983 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7984 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7985 } 7986 7987 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7988 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7989 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 7990 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 7991 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 7992 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 7993 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 7994 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7995 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 7996 } 7997 } 7998 } 7999 8000 if (Method->isStatic()) 8001 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8002 } 8003 8004 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8005 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8006 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8007 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8008 return Redeclaration; 8009 } 8010 8011 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8012 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8013 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8014 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8015 return Redeclaration; 8016 } 8017 8018 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8019 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8020 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8021 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8022 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8023 8024 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8025 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8026 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8027 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8028 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8029 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8030 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8031 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8032 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8033 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8034 } 8035 } 8036 8037 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8038 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8039 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8040 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8041 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 8042 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8043 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8044 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8045 << NewFD << R; 8046 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8047 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8048 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8049 } 8050 } 8051 return Redeclaration; 8052 } 8053 8054 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8055 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8056 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8057 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8058 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8059 // appear in a declaration of main. 8060 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8061 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8062 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8063 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8064 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8065 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8066 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8067 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8068 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8069 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8070 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8071 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8072 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8073 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8074 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8075 } 8076 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8077 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8078 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8079 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8080 } 8081 8082 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8083 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8084 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8085 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8086 return; 8087 } 8088 8089 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8090 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8091 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8092 8093 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8094 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8095 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8096 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8097 8098 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8099 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8100 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8101 else { 8102 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8103 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8104 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8105 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8106 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8107 } 8108 } else { 8109 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8110 // set the flag which tells us that. 8111 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8112 8113 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8114 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8115 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8116 else { 8117 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8118 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8119 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8120 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8121 : FixItHint()); 8122 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8123 } 8124 } 8125 8126 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8127 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8128 8129 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8130 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8131 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8132 8133 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8134 8135 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8136 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8137 // getting shifty. 8138 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8139 HasExtraParameters = false; 8140 8141 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8142 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8143 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8144 nparams = 3; 8145 } 8146 8147 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8148 // if we had some location information about types. 8149 8150 QualType CharPP = 8151 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8152 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8153 8154 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8155 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8156 8157 bool mismatch = true; 8158 8159 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8160 mismatch = false; 8161 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8162 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8163 // char const ** 8164 // char const * const * 8165 // char * const * 8166 8167 QualifierCollector qs; 8168 const PointerType* PT; 8169 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8170 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8171 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8172 Context.CharTy)) { 8173 qs.removeConst(); 8174 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8175 } 8176 } 8177 8178 if (mismatch) { 8179 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8180 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8181 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8182 } 8183 } 8184 8185 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8186 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8187 } 8188 8189 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8190 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8191 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8192 } 8193 } 8194 8195 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8196 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8197 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8198 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8199 8200 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8201 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8202 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8203 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8204 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8205 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8206 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8207 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8208 8209 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8210 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8211 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8212 } 8213 } 8214 8215 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8216 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8217 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8218 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8219 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8220 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8221 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8222 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8223 // rules there don't matter.) 8224 const Expr *Culprit; 8225 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8226 return false; 8227 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8228 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8229 return true; 8230 } 8231 8232 namespace { 8233 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8234 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8235 class SelfReferenceChecker 8236 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8237 Sema &S; 8238 Decl *OrigDecl; 8239 bool isRecordType; 8240 bool isPODType; 8241 bool isReferenceType; 8242 8243 bool isInitList; 8244 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8245 public: 8246 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8247 8248 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8249 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8250 isPODType = false; 8251 isRecordType = false; 8252 isReferenceType = false; 8253 isInitList = false; 8254 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8255 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8256 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8257 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8258 } 8259 } 8260 8261 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8262 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8263 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8264 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8265 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8266 if (!InitList) { 8267 Visit(E); 8268 return; 8269 } 8270 8271 // Track and increment the index here. 8272 isInitList = true; 8273 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8274 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8275 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8276 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8277 } 8278 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8279 } 8280 8281 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8282 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8283 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8284 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8285 Expr *Base = E; 8286 bool ReferenceField = false; 8287 8288 // Get the field memebers used. 8289 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8290 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8291 if (!FD) 8292 return false; 8293 Fields.push_back(FD); 8294 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8295 ReferenceField = true; 8296 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8297 } 8298 8299 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8300 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8301 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8302 return false; 8303 8304 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8305 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8306 return true; 8307 8308 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8309 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8310 for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) { 8311 UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex()); 8312 } 8313 8314 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8315 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8316 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8317 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8318 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8319 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8320 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8321 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8322 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8323 return true; 8324 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8325 break; 8326 } 8327 8328 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8329 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8330 return true; 8331 } 8332 8333 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8334 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8335 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8336 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8337 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8338 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8339 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8340 return; 8341 } 8342 8343 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8344 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8345 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8346 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8347 return; 8348 } 8349 8350 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8351 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8352 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8353 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8354 return; 8355 } 8356 8357 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8358 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8359 return; 8360 } 8361 8362 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8363 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8364 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8365 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8366 return; 8367 } 8368 } 8369 8370 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8371 if (isInitList) { 8372 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8373 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8374 return; 8375 } 8376 8377 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8378 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8379 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8380 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8381 return; 8382 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8383 } 8384 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8385 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8386 return; 8387 } 8388 8389 Visit(E); 8390 } 8391 8392 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8393 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8394 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8395 if (isReferenceType) 8396 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8397 } 8398 8399 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8400 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8401 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8402 return; 8403 } 8404 8405 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8406 } 8407 8408 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8409 if (isInitList) { 8410 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8411 return; 8412 } 8413 8414 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8415 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8416 8417 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8418 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8419 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8420 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8421 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8422 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8423 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8424 Warn = false; 8425 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8426 } 8427 8428 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8429 if (Warn) 8430 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8431 return; 8432 } 8433 8434 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8435 // Visit that expression. 8436 Visit(Base); 8437 } 8438 8439 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8440 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 8441 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 8442 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8443 8444 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8445 } 8446 8447 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8448 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8449 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8450 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8451 if (!isPODType) 8452 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8453 return; 8454 } 8455 8456 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8457 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8458 return; 8459 } 8460 8461 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8462 } 8463 8464 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8465 8466 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8467 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8468 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8469 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8470 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8471 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8472 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8473 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8474 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8475 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8476 return; 8477 } 8478 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8479 } 8480 8481 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8482 // Treat std::move as a use. 8483 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8484 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8485 if (FD->getIdentifier() && FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8486 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8487 return; 8488 } 8489 } 8490 } 8491 8492 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8493 } 8494 8495 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8496 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8497 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8498 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8499 return; 8500 } 8501 8502 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8503 } 8504 8505 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8506 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8507 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8508 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8509 Visit(E->getCond()); 8510 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8511 } 8512 8513 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8514 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8515 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8516 unsigned diag; 8517 if (isReferenceType) { 8518 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8519 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8520 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8521 } else { 8522 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8523 } 8524 8525 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8526 S.PDiag(diag) 8527 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8528 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8529 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8530 } 8531 }; 8532 8533 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8534 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8535 bool DirectInit) { 8536 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8537 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8538 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8539 return; 8540 8541 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8542 8543 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8544 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8545 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8546 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8547 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8548 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8549 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8550 return; 8551 8552 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8553 } 8554 } 8555 8556 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8557 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8558 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8559 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8560 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8561 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8562 // the initializer. 8563 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8564 return; 8565 8566 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8567 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8568 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8569 // Thus this grotesque test. 8570 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8571 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8572 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8573 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8574 else { 8575 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8576 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8577 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8578 } 8579 return; 8580 } 8581 8582 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8583 if (!VDecl) { 8584 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8585 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8586 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8587 return; 8588 } 8589 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8590 8591 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8592 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8593 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8594 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8595 // contains exactly one expression. 8596 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8597 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8598 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8599 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8600 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8601 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8602 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8603 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8604 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8605 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8606 return; 8607 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8608 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8609 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8610 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8611 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8612 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8613 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8614 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8615 return; 8616 } else { 8617 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8618 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8619 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8620 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8621 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8622 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8623 } 8624 } 8625 8626 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8627 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8628 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8629 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8630 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8631 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8632 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8633 return; 8634 } 8635 Init = Result.get(); 8636 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8637 } 8638 8639 QualType DeducedType; 8640 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8641 DAR_Failed) 8642 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8643 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8644 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8645 return; 8646 } 8647 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8648 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8649 8650 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8651 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8652 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8653 8654 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8655 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8656 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8657 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8658 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8659 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8660 SourceLocation Loc = 8661 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8662 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8663 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8664 } 8665 8666 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8667 // the previously declared type. 8668 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8669 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8670 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8671 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8672 } 8673 8674 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8675 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8676 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8677 return; 8678 } 8679 8680 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8681 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8682 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8683 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8684 return; 8685 } 8686 8687 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8688 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8689 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8690 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8691 return; 8692 } 8693 8694 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8695 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8696 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8697 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8698 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8699 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8700 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8701 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8702 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8703 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8704 return; 8705 } 8706 8707 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8708 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8709 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8710 AbstractVariableType)) 8711 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8712 } 8713 8714 const VarDecl *Def; 8715 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8716 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8717 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8718 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8719 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8720 return; 8721 } 8722 8723 const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr; 8724 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8725 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8726 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8727 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8728 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8729 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8730 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8731 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8732 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8733 // 8734 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8735 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8736 // declaration with an initializer. 8737 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8738 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 8739 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8740 Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 8741 return; 8742 } 8743 8744 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8745 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8746 8747 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8748 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8749 return; 8750 } 8751 } 8752 8753 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8754 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8755 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8756 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8757 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8758 return; 8759 } 8760 8761 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8762 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8763 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8764 8765 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8766 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8767 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8768 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8769 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8770 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8771 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8772 return; 8773 } 8774 Init = Result.get(); 8775 } 8776 8777 // Perform the initialization. 8778 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8779 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8780 InitializationKind Kind 8781 = DirectInit ? 8782 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8783 Init->getLocStart(), 8784 Init->getLocEnd()) 8785 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8786 VDecl->getLocation()) 8787 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8788 Init->getLocStart()); 8789 8790 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8791 if (CXXDirectInit) 8792 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8793 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8794 8795 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8796 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8797 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8798 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8799 return; 8800 } 8801 8802 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 8803 } 8804 8805 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8806 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8807 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8808 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8809 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8810 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8811 } 8812 8813 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8814 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8815 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8816 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8817 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8818 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8819 8820 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8821 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8822 8823 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8824 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8825 8826 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8827 // Although this code can still have problems: 8828 // id x = self.weakProp; 8829 // id y = self.weakProp; 8830 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8831 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8832 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8833 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 8834 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8835 Init->getLocStart())) 8836 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8837 } 8838 8839 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8840 // 8841 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8842 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8843 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8844 // 8845 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8846 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8847 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8848 // 8849 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8850 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8851 false, 8852 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8853 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8854 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8855 return; 8856 } 8857 Init = Result.get(); 8858 8859 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8860 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8861 8862 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8863 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8864 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8865 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8866 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8867 const Expr *Culprit; 8868 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8869 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8870 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8871 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8872 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8873 // constant expressions. 8874 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8875 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8876 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8877 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 8878 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8879 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8880 } 8881 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8882 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8883 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8884 // 8885 // struct S { 8886 // static const int value = 17; 8887 // }; 8888 8889 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8890 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8891 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8892 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8893 // 8894 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8895 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8896 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8897 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8898 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8899 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8900 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8901 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8902 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8903 8904 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8905 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8906 8907 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8908 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8909 // type. 8910 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8911 8912 // Require constness. 8913 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8914 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8915 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8916 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8917 8918 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8919 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8920 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8921 SourceLocation Loc; 8922 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8923 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8924 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8925 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8926 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8927 ; // Nothing to check. 8928 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8929 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8930 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8931 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8932 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8933 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8934 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8935 } else { 8936 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 8937 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 8938 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8939 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8940 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8941 } 8942 8943 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 8944 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 8945 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 8946 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 8947 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 8948 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 8949 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8950 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8951 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 8952 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8953 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8954 } else { 8955 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 8956 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8957 8958 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8959 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8960 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8961 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8962 } 8963 } 8964 8965 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 8966 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 8967 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 8968 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 8969 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8970 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 8971 8972 } else { 8973 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 8974 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8975 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8976 } 8977 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 8978 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 8979 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 8980 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 8981 VDecl->isExternC())) && 8982 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 8983 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 8984 8985 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 8986 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8987 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8988 } 8989 8990 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 8991 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 8992 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 8993 // 8994 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 8995 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 8996 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 8997 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 8998 // special case code. 8999 9000 // C++ 8.5p11: 9001 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9002 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9003 // class type. 9004 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9005 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9006 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9007 } else if (DirectInit) { 9008 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9009 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9010 } 9011 9012 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9013 } 9014 9015 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9016 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9017 /// of sanity. 9018 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9019 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9020 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9021 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9022 9023 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9024 if (!VD) return; 9025 9026 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9027 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9028 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9029 return; 9030 } 9031 9032 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9033 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9034 9035 // Require a complete type. 9036 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9037 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9038 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9039 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9040 return; 9041 } 9042 9043 // Require a non-abstract type. 9044 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9045 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9046 AbstractVariableType)) { 9047 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9048 return; 9049 } 9050 9051 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9052 // though. 9053 } 9054 9055 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9056 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9057 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9058 if (!RealDecl) 9059 return; 9060 9061 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9062 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9063 9064 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9065 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9066 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9067 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9068 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9069 return; 9070 } 9071 9072 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9073 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9074 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9075 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9076 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9077 // member. 9078 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9079 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9080 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9081 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9082 << Var->getDeclName(); 9083 else 9084 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9085 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9086 return; 9087 } 9088 9089 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9090 // be initialized. 9091 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9092 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9093 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9094 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9095 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9096 return; 9097 } 9098 9099 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9100 case VarDecl::Definition: 9101 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9102 break; 9103 9104 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9105 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9106 // a declaration. 9107 // 9108 // Fall through 9109 9110 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9111 // It's only a declaration. 9112 9113 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9114 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9115 // object shall be complete. 9116 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9117 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9118 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9119 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9120 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9121 9122 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9123 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9124 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9125 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9126 AbstractVariableType)) 9127 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9128 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9129 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9130 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9131 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9132 } 9133 9134 return; 9135 9136 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9137 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9138 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9139 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9140 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9141 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9142 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9143 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9144 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9145 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9146 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9147 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9148 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9149 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9150 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9151 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9152 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9153 // NOTE: code such as the following 9154 // static struct s; 9155 // struct s { int a; }; 9156 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9157 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9158 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9159 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9160 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9161 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9162 } 9163 } 9164 9165 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9166 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9167 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9168 return; 9169 } 9170 9171 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9172 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9173 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9174 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9175 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9176 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9177 return; 9178 } 9179 9180 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9181 // definitions with reference type. 9182 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9183 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9184 << Var->getDeclName() 9185 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9186 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9187 return; 9188 } 9189 9190 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9191 // variable with dependent type. 9192 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9193 return; 9194 9195 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9196 return; 9197 9198 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9199 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9200 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9201 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9202 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9203 return; 9204 } 9205 } 9206 9207 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9208 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9209 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9210 AbstractVariableType)) { 9211 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9212 return; 9213 } 9214 9215 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9216 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9217 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9218 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9219 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9220 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9221 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9222 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9223 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9224 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9225 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9226 if (const RecordType *Record 9227 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9228 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9229 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9230 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9231 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9232 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9233 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9234 } 9235 } 9236 9237 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9238 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9239 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9240 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9241 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9242 // type shall have a user-declared default 9243 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9244 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9245 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9246 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9247 // program is ill-formed. 9248 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9249 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9250 // default-initialized; [...]. 9251 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9252 InitializationKind Kind 9253 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9254 9255 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9256 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9257 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9258 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9259 else if (Init.get()) { 9260 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9261 // This is important for template substitution. 9262 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9263 } 9264 9265 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9266 } 9267 } 9268 9269 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9270 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9271 if (!VD) { 9272 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9273 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9274 return; 9275 } 9276 9277 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9278 9279 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9280 int Error = -1; 9281 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9282 case SC_None: 9283 break; 9284 case SC_Extern: 9285 Error = 0; 9286 break; 9287 case SC_Static: 9288 Error = 1; 9289 break; 9290 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9291 Error = 2; 9292 break; 9293 case SC_Auto: 9294 Error = 3; 9295 break; 9296 case SC_Register: 9297 Error = 4; 9298 break; 9299 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9300 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9301 } 9302 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 9303 Error = 5; 9304 if (Error != -1) { 9305 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9306 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9307 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9308 } 9309 } 9310 9311 StmtResult 9312 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9313 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9314 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9315 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9316 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9317 // A range-based for statement of the form 9318 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9319 // is equivalent to 9320 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9321 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9322 9323 const char *PrevSpec; 9324 unsigned DiagID; 9325 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9326 getPrintingPolicy()); 9327 9328 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9329 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9330 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9331 9332 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9333 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9334 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9335 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9336 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9337 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9338 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9339 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9340 } 9341 9342 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9343 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9344 9345 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9346 // local retaining variable. 9347 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9348 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9349 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9350 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9351 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9352 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9353 break; 9354 9355 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9356 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9357 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9358 break; 9359 } 9360 } 9361 9362 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9363 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9364 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9365 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9366 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9367 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9368 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9369 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9370 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9371 var->getLocation())) { 9372 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9373 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9374 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9375 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9376 9377 if (!prev) 9378 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9379 } 9380 9381 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9382 const Expr *Culprit; 9383 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9384 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9385 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9386 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9387 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9388 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9389 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9390 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9391 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9392 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9393 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9394 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9395 // initialization. 9396 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9397 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9398 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9399 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9400 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9401 } 9402 9403 } 9404 9405 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9406 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9407 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9408 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9409 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9410 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9411 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9412 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9413 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9414 } else { 9415 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9416 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9417 } 9418 if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue) 9419 var->addAttr( 9420 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9421 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), 9422 Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9423 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9424 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9425 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9426 9427 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9428 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9429 // attribute. 9430 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9431 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9432 CurInitSegLoc)); 9433 } 9434 9435 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9436 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9437 9438 QualType type = var->getType(); 9439 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9440 9441 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9442 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9443 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9444 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9445 9446 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9447 // constructing this copy. 9448 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9449 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9450 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9451 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9452 ExprResult result 9453 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9454 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9455 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9456 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9457 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9458 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9459 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9460 } 9461 } 9462 } 9463 9464 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9465 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9466 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9467 9468 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9469 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9470 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9471 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9472 var->getLocation())) { 9473 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9474 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9475 // warned about them. 9476 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9477 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9478 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9479 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9480 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9481 } 9482 9483 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9484 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9485 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9486 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9487 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9488 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9489 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9490 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9491 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9492 Notes.clear(); 9493 } 9494 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9495 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9496 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9497 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9498 } 9499 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9500 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9501 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9502 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9503 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9504 } 9505 } 9506 9507 // Require the destructor. 9508 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9509 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9510 } 9511 9512 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9513 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9514 void 9515 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9516 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9517 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9518 9519 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9520 if (!VD) 9521 return; 9522 9523 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9524 9525 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9526 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9527 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9528 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9529 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9530 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9531 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9532 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9533 } 9534 } 9535 } 9536 9537 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 9538 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 9539 9540 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9541 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 9542 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9543 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9544 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9545 // with a warning. 9546 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9547 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9548 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9549 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9550 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9551 9552 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9553 IsClassTemplateMember 9554 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9555 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9556 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9557 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9558 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9559 } 9560 } 9561 9562 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 9563 // isn't exported with the variable. 9564 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 9565 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 9566 << DLLAttr; 9567 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9568 } 9569 9570 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9571 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9572 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9573 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9574 } 9575 } 9576 9577 if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() && 9578 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) { 9579 if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) { 9580 if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9581 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias) 9582 << VD->getDeclName(); 9583 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9584 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9585 } 9586 } 9587 } 9588 9589 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9590 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9591 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9592 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9593 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9594 9595 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9596 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9597 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9598 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9599 9600 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9601 // tag values. 9602 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9603 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9604 return; 9605 9606 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9607 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9608 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9609 continue; 9610 } 9611 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9612 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9613 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9614 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9615 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9616 continue; 9617 } 9618 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9619 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9620 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9621 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9622 continue; 9623 } 9624 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9625 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9626 MagicValue, 9627 I->getMatchingCType(), 9628 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9629 I->getMustBeNull()); 9630 } 9631 } 9632 9633 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9634 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9635 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9636 9637 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9638 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9639 9640 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 9641 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9642 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9643 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9644 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9645 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9646 Decls.push_back(D); 9647 } 9648 9649 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9650 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9651 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 9652 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9653 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9654 } 9655 } 9656 9657 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9658 } 9659 9660 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9661 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9662 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9663 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9664 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9665 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9666 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9667 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9668 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9669 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9670 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9671 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9672 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9673 QualType Deduced; 9674 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9675 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 9676 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9677 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9678 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9679 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9680 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9681 break; 9682 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9683 if (!U.isNull()) { 9684 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9685 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9686 Deduced = U; 9687 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9688 DeducedDecl = D; 9689 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9690 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9691 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9692 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9693 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9694 << U << D->getDeclName() 9695 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9696 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9697 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9698 break; 9699 } 9700 } 9701 } 9702 } 9703 } 9704 9705 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9706 9707 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9708 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9709 } 9710 9711 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9712 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9713 } 9714 9715 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9716 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9717 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9718 return; 9719 9720 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation())) 9721 return; 9722 9723 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9724 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9725 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9726 // additional declaration references: 9727 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9728 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9729 // 'struct S *pS;' 9730 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9731 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9732 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9733 Group = Group.slice(1); 9734 } 9735 } 9736 9737 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9738 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9739 if (!Comments.empty() && 9740 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9741 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9742 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9743 // 9744 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9745 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9746 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9747 // ahead through comments. 9748 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9749 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9750 } 9751 } 9752 9753 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9754 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9755 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9756 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9757 9758 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9759 9760 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9761 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 9762 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9763 StorageClass = SC_Register; 9764 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9765 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9766 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 9767 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9768 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9769 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9770 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9771 } 9772 9773 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9774 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9775 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9776 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9777 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9778 << 0; 9779 9780 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9781 9782 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9783 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9784 9785 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9786 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9787 // parameter. 9788 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9789 9790 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9791 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9792 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9793 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9794 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9795 } 9796 } 9797 9798 // Ensure we have a valid name 9799 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 9800 if (D.hasName()) { 9801 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9802 if (!II) { 9803 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9804 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 9805 D.setInvalidType(true); 9806 } 9807 } 9808 9809 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9810 if (II) { 9811 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9812 ForRedeclaration); 9813 LookupName(R, S); 9814 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9815 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9816 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9817 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9818 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9819 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9820 PrevDecl = nullptr; 9821 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9822 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9823 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9824 9825 // Recover by removing the name 9826 II = nullptr; 9827 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9828 D.setInvalidType(true); 9829 } 9830 } 9831 } 9832 9833 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9834 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9835 // looking like class members in C++. 9836 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9837 D.getLocStart(), 9838 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 9839 parmDeclType, TInfo, 9840 StorageClass); 9841 9842 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9843 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9844 9845 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 9846 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 9847 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 9848 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 9849 9850 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 9851 S->AddDecl(New); 9852 if (II) 9853 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 9854 9855 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 9856 9857 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9858 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9859 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 9860 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9861 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9862 9863 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9864 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 9865 } 9866 return New; 9867 } 9868 9869 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 9870 /// typedef. 9871 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 9872 SourceLocation Loc, 9873 QualType T) { 9874 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 9875 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 9876 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 9877 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 9878 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 9879 SC_None, nullptr); 9880 Param->setImplicit(); 9881 return Param; 9882 } 9883 9884 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9885 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 9886 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 9887 // will already have done so in the template itself. 9888 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 9889 return; 9890 9891 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9892 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9893 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9894 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9895 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9896 } 9897 } 9898 } 9899 9900 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9901 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9902 QualType ReturnTy, 9903 NamedDecl *D) { 9904 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9905 return; 9906 9907 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9908 // threshold. 9909 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9910 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9911 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9912 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9913 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9914 } 9915 9916 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9917 // threshold. 9918 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9919 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9920 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9921 continue; 9922 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9923 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9924 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9925 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9926 } 9927 } 9928 9929 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9930 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9931 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9932 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 9933 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9934 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9935 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9936 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9937 9938 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9939 9940 // Special cases for arrays: 9941 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9942 // - otherwise, it's an error 9943 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9944 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 9945 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 9946 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 9947 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 9948 } 9949 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 9950 } else { 9951 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 9952 } 9953 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 9954 } 9955 9956 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 9957 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 9958 TSInfo, 9959 StorageClass, nullptr); 9960 9961 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 9962 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 9963 // the class has been completely parsed. 9964 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 9965 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9966 AbstractParamType)) 9967 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9968 9969 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 9970 // passed by reference. 9971 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 9972 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 9973 Diag(NameLoc, 9974 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 9975 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 9976 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 9977 New->setType(T); 9978 } 9979 9980 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 9981 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 9982 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 9983 // an address space. 9984 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 9985 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 9986 // to be qualified with an address space. 9987 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 9988 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 9989 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9990 } 9991 } 9992 9993 return New; 9994 } 9995 9996 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 9997 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 9998 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 9999 10000 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10001 // for a K&R function. 10002 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10003 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10004 --i; 10005 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10006 SmallString<256> Code; 10007 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10008 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10009 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10010 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10011 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 10012 10013 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10014 // type. 10015 AttributeFactory attrs; 10016 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10017 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10018 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10019 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10020 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10021 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10022 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10023 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10024 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10025 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10026 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10027 } 10028 } 10029 } 10030 } 10031 10032 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 10033 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10034 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10035 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10036 10037 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10038 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 10039 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 10040 } 10041 10042 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10043 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10044 } 10045 10046 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10047 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10048 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10049 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10050 return false; 10051 10052 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10053 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10054 return false; 10055 10056 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10057 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10058 return false; 10059 10060 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10061 if (FD->isMain()) 10062 return false; 10063 10064 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10065 if (FD->isInlined()) 10066 return false; 10067 10068 // Don't warn about function templates. 10069 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10070 return false; 10071 10072 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10073 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10074 return false; 10075 10076 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10077 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10078 return false; 10079 10080 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10081 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10082 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10083 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10084 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10085 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10086 continue; 10087 10088 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10089 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10090 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10091 break; 10092 } 10093 10094 return MissingPrototype; 10095 } 10096 10097 void 10098 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10099 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 10100 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10101 // was an extern inline function. 10102 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10103 if (!Definition) 10104 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10105 return; 10106 10107 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10108 return; 10109 10110 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10111 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10112 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10113 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10114 else 10115 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10116 10117 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10118 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10119 } 10120 10121 10122 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10123 Sema &S) { 10124 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10125 10126 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10127 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10128 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10129 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10130 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10131 10132 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10133 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10134 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10135 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10136 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10137 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10138 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10139 10140 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10141 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10142 10143 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10144 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10145 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10146 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10147 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10148 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10149 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10150 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10151 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10152 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10153 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10154 /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(), 10155 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10156 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10157 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10158 10159 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10160 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10161 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10162 } else { 10163 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10164 } 10165 ++I; 10166 } 10167 } 10168 10169 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 10170 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10171 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10172 10173 if (!D) 10174 return D; 10175 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10176 10177 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10178 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10179 else 10180 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10181 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10182 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10183 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10184 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10185 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10186 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10187 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10188 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10189 // have the LSI properly restored. 10190 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10191 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10192 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10193 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10194 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10195 } 10196 else 10197 // Enter a new function scope 10198 PushFunctionScope(); 10199 10200 // See if this is a redefinition. 10201 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 10202 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 10203 10204 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10205 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10206 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10207 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10208 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10209 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10210 } 10211 } 10212 10213 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10214 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10215 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10216 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10217 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10218 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10219 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10220 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10221 10222 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10223 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10224 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10225 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10226 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10227 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10228 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10229 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10230 10231 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10232 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10233 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10234 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10235 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10236 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10237 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10238 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10239 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10240 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10241 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10242 } 10243 } 10244 } 10245 10246 if (FnBodyScope) 10247 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10248 10249 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10250 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10251 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10252 10253 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10254 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10255 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10256 10257 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10258 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10259 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10260 10261 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10262 } 10263 } 10264 10265 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10266 // introduce them into the function scope. 10267 if (FnBodyScope) { 10268 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10269 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10270 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10271 I != E; ++I) { 10272 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10273 10274 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 10275 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 10276 // and reattach to the current context. 10277 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10278 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10279 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10280 if (DI == D) { 10281 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10282 break; 10283 } 10284 } 10285 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10286 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10287 } 10288 10289 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10290 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10291 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10292 10293 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10294 // accessible in this scope. 10295 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10296 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10297 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10298 } 10299 } 10300 } 10301 10302 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10303 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10304 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10305 10306 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10307 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10308 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10309 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10310 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10311 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10312 return D; 10313 } 10314 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10315 // a function template). 10316 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10317 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10318 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10319 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10320 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10321 10322 return D; 10323 } 10324 10325 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10326 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10327 /// optimization. 10328 /// 10329 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10330 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10331 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10332 /// use the named return value optimization. 10333 /// 10334 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10335 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10336 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10337 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10338 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10339 10340 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10341 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10342 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10343 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10344 } 10345 } 10346 } 10347 10348 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10349 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10350 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10351 return false; 10352 10353 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10354 // return type (yet). 10355 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10356 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10357 // we can still delay parsing it. 10358 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10359 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10360 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10361 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10362 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10363 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10364 } 10365 } 10366 return false; 10367 } 10368 10369 return true; 10370 } 10371 10372 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10373 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10374 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10375 // rest of the file. 10376 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10377 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10378 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10379 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10380 return false; 10381 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10382 } 10383 10384 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10385 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10386 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10387 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10388 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10389 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10390 } 10391 10392 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10393 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10394 } 10395 10396 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10397 bool IsInstantiation) { 10398 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10399 10400 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10401 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10402 10403 if (FD) { 10404 FD->setBody(Body); 10405 10406 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10407 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10408 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10409 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10410 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10411 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10412 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10413 << FD->getReturnType(); 10414 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10415 } else { 10416 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10417 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10418 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10419 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10420 } 10421 } 10422 10423 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10424 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10425 // is the first declaration. 10426 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10427 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10428 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10429 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10430 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 10431 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10432 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10433 } 10434 10435 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10436 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10437 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10438 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10439 10440 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10441 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10442 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10443 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10444 10445 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10446 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10447 if (Body) 10448 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10449 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10450 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10451 10452 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 10453 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10454 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10455 10456 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10457 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10458 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10459 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10460 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10461 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10462 } 10463 10464 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10465 "Function parsing confused"); 10466 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10467 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10468 MD->setBody(Body); 10469 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10470 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10471 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10472 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10473 10474 if (Body) 10475 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10476 } 10477 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10478 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10479 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10480 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10481 } 10482 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10483 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10484 bool isDesignated = 10485 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10486 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10487 (void)isDesignated; 10488 10489 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10490 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10491 if (!IFace) 10492 return false; 10493 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10494 if (!SuperD) 10495 return false; 10496 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10497 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10498 }; 10499 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10500 // of NSObject. 10501 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10502 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10503 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10504 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10505 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10506 } 10507 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10508 } 10509 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10510 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10511 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10512 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10513 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10514 } 10515 } else { 10516 return nullptr; 10517 } 10518 10519 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10520 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10521 "handled in the block above."); 10522 10523 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10524 if (Body) { 10525 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10526 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10527 // Verify this. 10528 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10529 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10530 10531 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10532 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10533 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10534 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10535 10536 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10537 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10538 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10539 10540 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10541 Destructor->getParent()); 10542 } 10543 10544 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10545 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10546 // deletion in some later function. 10547 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10548 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10549 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10550 } 10551 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10552 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10553 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10554 // enabled. 10555 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10556 } 10557 10558 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10559 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10560 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10561 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10562 10563 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 10564 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 10565 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 10566 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 10567 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10568 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10569 break; 10570 } 10571 } 10572 } 10573 10574 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10575 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10576 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10577 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10578 } 10579 10580 if (!IsInstantiation) 10581 PopDeclContext(); 10582 10583 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10584 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10585 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10586 // deletion in some later function. 10587 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 10588 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10589 } 10590 10591 return dcl; 10592 } 10593 10594 10595 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 10596 /// relevant Decl. 10597 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 10598 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 10599 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 10600 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 10601 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 10602 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 10603 10604 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 10605 if (Method->isStatic()) 10606 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 10607 } 10608 10609 10610 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 10611 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 10612 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 10613 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 10614 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 10615 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 10616 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 10617 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 10618 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 10619 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 10620 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10621 return ExternCPrev; 10622 } 10623 10624 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 10625 unsigned diag_id; 10626 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 10627 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 10628 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 10629 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 10630 else 10631 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 10632 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 10633 10634 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 10635 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 10636 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 10637 TypoCorrection Corrected; 10638 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 10639 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 10640 LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, Validator, 10641 CTK_NonError))) 10642 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 10643 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 10644 } 10645 10646 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 10647 const char *Dummy; 10648 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 10649 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 10650 unsigned DiagID; 10651 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 10652 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10653 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 10654 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 10655 SourceLocation NoLoc; 10656 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 10657 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 10658 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 10659 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10660 /*Params=*/nullptr, 10661 /*NumParams=*/0, 10662 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 10663 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10664 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 10665 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 10666 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10667 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10668 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10669 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 10670 EST_None, 10671 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 10672 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 10673 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 10674 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 10675 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 10676 Loc, Loc, D), 10677 DS.getAttributes(), 10678 SourceLocation()); 10679 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 10680 10681 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 10682 10683 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 10684 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10685 10686 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 10687 FD->setImplicit(); 10688 10689 CurContext = PrevDC; 10690 10691 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 10692 10693 return FD; 10694 } 10695 10696 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 10697 /// the declaration of this function. 10698 /// 10699 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 10700 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 10701 /// like NSLog or printf. 10702 /// 10703 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 10704 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 10705 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10706 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10707 return; 10708 10709 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 10710 // actual attributes. 10711 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10712 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 10713 unsigned FormatIdx; 10714 bool HasVAListArg; 10715 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 10716 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 10717 const char *fmt = "printf"; 10718 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 10719 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 10720 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10721 fmt = "NSString"; 10722 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10723 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 10724 FormatIdx+1, 10725 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10726 FD->getLocation())); 10727 } 10728 } 10729 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 10730 HasVAListArg)) { 10731 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10732 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10733 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 10734 FormatIdx+1, 10735 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10736 FD->getLocation())); 10737 } 10738 10739 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 10740 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 10741 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 10742 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 10743 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 10744 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10745 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10746 } 10747 10748 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 10749 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 10750 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10751 FD->getLocation())); 10752 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 10753 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10754 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10755 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10756 } 10757 10758 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 10759 if (!Name) 10760 return; 10761 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10762 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 10763 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 10764 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 10765 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 10766 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 10767 // about. 10768 } else 10769 return; 10770 10771 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10772 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10773 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10774 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10775 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10776 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10777 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 10778 FD->getLocation())); 10779 } 10780 10781 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10782 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10783 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10784 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10785 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 10786 FD->getLocation())); 10787 } 10788 } 10789 10790 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10791 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10792 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 10793 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 10794 10795 if (!TInfo) { 10796 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 10797 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 10798 } 10799 10800 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 10801 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10802 D.getLocStart(), 10803 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 10804 D.getIdentifier(), 10805 TInfo); 10806 10807 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 10808 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 10809 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 10810 return NewTD; 10811 } 10812 10813 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 10814 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10815 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10816 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 10817 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10818 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10819 else 10820 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 10821 } 10822 10823 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 10824 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 10825 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 10826 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 10827 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 10828 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 10829 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 10830 case TST_enum: 10831 case TST_struct: 10832 case TST_interface: 10833 case TST_union: 10834 case TST_class: { 10835 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 10836 10837 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 10838 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 10839 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 10840 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 10841 10842 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 10843 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 10844 10845 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 10846 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 10847 break; 10848 10849 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 10850 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 10851 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 10852 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 10853 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 10854 // for how to handle it. 10855 if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 10856 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 10857 10858 SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(); 10859 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 10860 10861 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 10862 textToInsert += ' '; 10863 textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName(); 10864 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 10865 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 10866 break; 10867 } 10868 10869 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 10870 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 10871 break; 10872 } 10873 10874 default: 10875 break; 10876 } 10877 10878 return NewTD; 10879 } 10880 10881 10882 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 10883 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 10884 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10885 QualType T = TI->getType(); 10886 10887 if (T->isDependentType()) 10888 return false; 10889 10890 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 10891 if (BT->isInteger()) 10892 return false; 10893 10894 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 10895 return true; 10896 } 10897 10898 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 10899 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 10900 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 10901 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 10902 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 10903 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 10904 10905 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 10906 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 10907 << Prev->isScoped(); 10908 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10909 return true; 10910 } 10911 10912 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 10913 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 10914 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 10915 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 10916 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 10917 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 10918 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 10919 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 10920 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 10921 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 10922 return true; 10923 } 10924 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 10925 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 10926 << Prev->isFixed(); 10927 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10928 return true; 10929 } 10930 10931 return false; 10932 } 10933 10934 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 10935 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 10936 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 10937 /// 10938 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 10939 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 10940 switch (Tag) { 10941 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 10942 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 10943 case TTK_Class: return 2; 10944 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 10945 } 10946 } 10947 10948 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 10949 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 10950 /// 10951 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 10952 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 10953 { 10954 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 10955 } 10956 10957 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 10958 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 10959 /// 10960 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 10961 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 10962 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 10963 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 10964 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 10965 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 10966 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 10967 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 10968 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 10969 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 10970 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 10971 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 10972 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 10973 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 10974 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 10975 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 10976 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 10977 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 10978 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 10979 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 10980 if (OldTag == NewTag) 10981 return true; 10982 10983 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 10984 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 10985 bool isTemplate = false; 10986 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 10987 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10988 10989 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10990 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 10991 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 10992 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10993 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10994 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10995 return true; 10996 } 10997 10998 if (isDefinition) { 10999 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11000 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11001 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11002 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11003 return true; 11004 } 11005 11006 bool previousMismatch = false; 11007 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11008 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11009 if (!previousMismatch) { 11010 previousMismatch = true; 11011 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11012 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11013 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11014 } 11015 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11016 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11017 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11018 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11019 } 11020 } 11021 return true; 11022 } 11023 11024 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11025 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11026 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11027 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11028 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11029 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11030 return true; 11031 } 11032 11033 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11034 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11035 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11036 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11037 11038 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11039 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11040 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11041 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11042 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11043 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11044 } 11045 11046 return true; 11047 } 11048 return false; 11049 } 11050 11051 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11052 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11053 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11054 /// namespace N { 11055 /// struct X; 11056 /// namespace M { 11057 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11058 /// } 11059 /// } 11060 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11061 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11062 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11063 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11064 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11065 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11066 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11067 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11068 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11069 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11070 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11071 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11072 return FixItHint(); 11073 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11074 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11075 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11076 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11077 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11078 break; 11079 } 11080 11081 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11082 // build an NNS. 11083 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11084 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11085 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11086 OS << "::"; 11087 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11088 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11089 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11090 OS.flush(); 11091 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11092 } 11093 11094 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11095 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11096 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11097 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11098 /// 11099 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or 11100 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11101 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11102 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11103 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11104 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11105 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11106 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11107 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11108 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11109 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11110 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11111 bool IsTypeSpecifier) { 11112 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11113 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11114 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11115 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11116 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11117 11118 OwnedDecl = false; 11119 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11120 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11121 11122 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11123 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11124 bool Invalid = false; 11125 11126 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11127 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11128 // for non-C++ cases. 11129 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11130 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11131 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11132 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11133 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11134 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11135 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11136 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11137 return nullptr; 11138 } 11139 11140 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11141 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11142 // be a member of another template). 11143 11144 if (Invalid) 11145 return nullptr; 11146 11147 OwnedDecl = false; 11148 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11149 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11150 TemplateParams, AS, 11151 ModulePrivateLoc, 11152 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11153 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11154 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11155 return Result.get(); 11156 } else { 11157 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11158 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11159 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11160 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11161 } 11162 } 11163 } 11164 11165 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11166 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11167 // redeclaration. 11168 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11169 11170 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11171 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11172 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11173 // type, default to int. 11174 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11175 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11176 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11177 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11178 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11179 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11180 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11181 11182 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11183 // Recover by falling back to int. 11184 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11185 11186 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11187 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11188 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11189 11190 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11191 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11192 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11193 } 11194 11195 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11196 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11197 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11198 11199 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11200 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11201 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11202 11203 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11204 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11205 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11206 11207 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11208 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11209 Name = nullptr; 11210 goto CreateNewDecl; 11211 } 11212 11213 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11214 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11215 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11216 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11217 if (!DC) { 11218 IsDependent = true; 11219 return nullptr; 11220 } 11221 } else { 11222 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11223 if (!DC) { 11224 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11225 << SS.getRange(); 11226 return nullptr; 11227 } 11228 } 11229 11230 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11231 return nullptr; 11232 11233 SearchDC = DC; 11234 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11235 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11236 11237 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11238 return nullptr; 11239 11240 if (Previous.empty()) { 11241 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11242 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11243 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11244 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11245 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11246 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11247 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11248 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11249 IsDependent = true; 11250 return nullptr; 11251 } 11252 11253 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11254 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11255 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11256 Name = nullptr; 11257 Invalid = true; 11258 goto CreateNewDecl; 11259 } 11260 } else if (Name) { 11261 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11262 // declaration or definition. 11263 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11264 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11265 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11266 LookupName(Previous, S); 11267 11268 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11269 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11270 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11271 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11272 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11273 while (F.hasNext()) { 11274 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11275 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11276 F.erase(); 11277 } 11278 F.done(); 11279 } 11280 11281 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11282 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11283 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11284 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11285 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11286 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11287 // 11288 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11289 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11290 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11291 // 11292 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11293 // semantic context? 11294 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11295 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11296 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11297 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11298 while (F.hasNext()) { 11299 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11300 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11301 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11302 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11303 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11304 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11305 else 11306 F.erase(); 11307 } 11308 } 11309 F.done(); 11310 11311 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11312 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11313 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11314 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11315 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11316 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11317 } 11318 } 11319 11320 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11321 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11322 return nullptr; 11323 11324 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11325 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11326 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11327 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11328 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11329 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11330 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11331 } 11332 } 11333 11334 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11335 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11336 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11337 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11338 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11339 Previous.clear(); 11340 } 11341 11342 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11343 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11344 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11345 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11346 11347 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11348 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11349 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11350 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11351 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11352 } 11353 } 11354 11355 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11356 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11357 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11358 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11359 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11360 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11361 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11362 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11363 11364 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11365 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11366 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11367 // 11368 // class-key identifier 11369 // 11370 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11371 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11372 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11373 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11374 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11375 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11376 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11377 // declaration. 11378 // 11379 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11380 // C structs and unions. 11381 // 11382 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11383 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11384 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11385 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11386 // 11387 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11388 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11389 // 11390 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11391 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11392 // lexical context, 11393 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11394 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11395 11396 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11397 while (S->isClassScope() || 11398 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11399 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11400 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11401 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11402 S = S->getParent(); 11403 } else { 11404 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11405 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11406 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11407 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11408 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11409 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11410 } 11411 11412 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11413 // diagnose some problems. 11414 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11415 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11416 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11417 } 11418 } 11419 11420 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11421 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11422 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = 11423 getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl; 11424 11425 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11426 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11427 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11428 // in C++. 11429 // 11430 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11431 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11432 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11433 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11434 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11435 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11436 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11437 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11438 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11439 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11440 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11441 PrevDecl = Tag; 11442 Previous.clear(); 11443 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11444 Previous.resolveKind(); 11445 } 11446 } 11447 } 11448 } 11449 11450 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11451 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11452 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11453 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11454 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11455 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11456 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11457 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11458 // struct or something similar. 11459 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11460 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11461 *Name)) { 11462 bool SafeToContinue 11463 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11464 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11465 if (SafeToContinue) 11466 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11467 << Name 11468 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11469 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11470 else 11471 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11472 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11473 11474 if (SafeToContinue) 11475 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11476 else { 11477 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11478 Name = nullptr; 11479 Previous.clear(); 11480 Invalid = true; 11481 } 11482 } 11483 11484 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11485 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11486 11487 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11488 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11489 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11490 if (ScopedEnum) 11491 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11492 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11493 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11494 return PrevTagDecl; 11495 } 11496 11497 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11498 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11499 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11500 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11501 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11502 11503 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11504 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11505 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11506 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11507 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11508 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11509 } 11510 11511 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11512 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11513 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11514 // and then later defined. 11515 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11516 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11517 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11518 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11519 } 11520 11521 if (!Invalid) { 11522 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11523 // we have attributes. 11524 11525 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11526 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11527 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11528 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11529 if (!Attr && 11530 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11531 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11532 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11533 return PrevTagDecl; 11534 11535 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11536 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11537 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11538 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11539 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11540 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11541 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11542 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11543 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11544 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11545 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11546 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11547 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 11548 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11549 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11550 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11551 } 11552 11553 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 11554 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 11555 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 11556 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 11557 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 11558 else 11559 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 11560 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11561 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 11562 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 11563 // references get the previous definition. 11564 Name = nullptr; 11565 Previous.clear(); 11566 Invalid = true; 11567 } 11568 } else { 11569 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 11570 // about a nested redefinition. 11571 const TagType *Tag 11572 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 11573 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11574 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 11575 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 11576 diag::note_previous_definition); 11577 Name = nullptr; 11578 Previous.clear(); 11579 Invalid = true; 11580 } 11581 } 11582 11583 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 11584 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 11585 } 11586 11587 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 11588 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 11589 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 11590 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11591 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 11592 AS = AS_none; 11593 } 11594 } 11595 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 11596 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 11597 11598 } else { 11599 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 11600 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 11601 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 11602 // have distinct types. 11603 Previous.clear(); 11604 } 11605 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 11606 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 11607 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 11608 11609 11610 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 11611 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 11612 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 11613 } else { 11614 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 11615 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 11616 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 11617 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 11618 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 11619 unsigned Kind = 0; 11620 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11621 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11622 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11623 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 11624 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 11625 Invalid = true; 11626 11627 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 11628 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11629 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11630 // do nothing 11631 11632 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 11633 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11634 unsigned Kind = 0; 11635 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11636 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11637 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11638 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 11639 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11640 Invalid = true; 11641 11642 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 11643 // case here. 11644 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11645 unsigned Kind = 0; 11646 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11647 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 11648 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 11649 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11650 Invalid = true; 11651 11652 // Otherwise, diagnose. 11653 } else { 11654 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 11655 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 11656 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 11657 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11658 Name = nullptr; 11659 Invalid = true; 11660 } 11661 11662 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 11663 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 11664 Previous.clear(); 11665 } 11666 } 11667 11668 CreateNewDecl: 11669 11670 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11671 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 11672 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11673 11674 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 11675 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 11676 // keyword. 11677 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 11678 11679 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 11680 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 11681 // PrevDecl. 11682 TagDecl *New; 11683 11684 bool IsForwardReference = false; 11685 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11686 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11687 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 11688 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11689 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 11690 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 11691 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 11692 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 11693 TagDecl *Def; 11694 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 11695 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 11696 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 11697 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 11698 } 11699 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 11700 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 11701 << New; 11702 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11703 } else { 11704 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 11705 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11706 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 11707 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11708 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 11709 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 11710 11711 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 11712 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 11713 // the declaration context. 11714 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 11715 IsForwardReference = true; 11716 } 11717 } 11718 11719 if (EnumUnderlying) { 11720 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 11721 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11722 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 11723 else 11724 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 11725 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 11726 } 11727 11728 } else { 11729 // struct/union/class 11730 11731 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11732 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 11733 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11734 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 11735 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11736 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11737 11738 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 11739 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 11740 } else 11741 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11742 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11743 } 11744 11745 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 11746 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 11747 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11748 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 11749 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11750 Invalid = true; 11751 } 11752 11753 // Maybe add qualifier info. 11754 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11755 if (SS.isSet()) { 11756 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 11757 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 11758 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 11759 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 11760 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 11761 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 11762 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 11763 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 11764 Invalid = true; 11765 11766 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 11767 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 11768 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 11769 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 11770 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11771 } 11772 } 11773 else 11774 Invalid = true; 11775 } 11776 11777 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 11778 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 11779 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 11780 // 11781 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 11782 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 11783 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 11784 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 11785 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 11786 // parsing of the struct). 11787 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11788 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 11789 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 11790 } 11791 } 11792 11793 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 11794 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 11795 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 11796 << 2 11797 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 11798 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 11799 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 11800 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 11801 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11802 New->setModulePrivate(); 11803 } 11804 11805 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 11806 // check the specialization. 11807 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 11808 Invalid = true; 11809 11810 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 11811 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 11812 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 11813 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 11814 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 11815 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11816 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 11817 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 11818 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 11819 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 11820 << Name; 11821 Invalid = true; 11822 } 11823 } else { 11824 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11825 } 11826 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 11827 } 11828 11829 if (Invalid) 11830 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11831 11832 if (Attr) 11833 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11834 11835 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 11836 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 11837 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11838 11839 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 11840 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 11841 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 11842 // the tag name visible. 11843 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 11844 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 11845 11846 // Set the access specifier. 11847 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 11848 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 11849 11850 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 11851 New->startDefinition(); 11852 11853 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11854 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11855 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 11856 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 11857 if (PrevDecl) 11858 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 11859 11860 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11861 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11862 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 11863 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 11864 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 11865 } else if (Name) { 11866 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11867 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 11868 if (IsForwardReference) 11869 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11870 11871 } else { 11872 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11873 } 11874 11875 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 11876 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 11877 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 11878 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 11879 II->isStr("FILE")) 11880 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 11881 11882 if (PrevDecl) 11883 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 11884 11885 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11886 // record. 11887 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 11888 11889 OwnedDecl = true; 11890 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 11891 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 11892 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 11893 } 11894 11895 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11896 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11897 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11898 11899 // Enter the tag context. 11900 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 11901 11902 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 11903 11904 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11905 // record. 11906 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 11907 } 11908 11909 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 11910 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 11911 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 11912 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 11913 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 11914 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 11915 CurContext = OCD; 11916 return IDecl; 11917 } 11918 11919 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11920 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 11921 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 11922 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 11923 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11924 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 11925 11926 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 11927 11928 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 11929 return; 11930 11931 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 11932 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 11933 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 11934 11935 // C++ [class]p2: 11936 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 11937 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 11938 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 11939 // as if it were a public member name. 11940 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 11941 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 11942 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 11943 Record->getIdentifier(), 11944 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 11945 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 11946 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 11947 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 11948 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 11949 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 11950 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 11951 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 11952 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 11953 "Broken injected-class-name"); 11954 } 11955 11956 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11957 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 11958 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11959 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11960 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 11961 11962 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11963 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11964 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 11965 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11966 RD->completeDefinition(); 11967 } 11968 11969 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 11970 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 11971 11972 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 11973 PopDeclContext(); 11974 11975 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11976 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 11977 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 11978 11979 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 11980 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 11981 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 11982 } 11983 11984 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 11985 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 11986 PopDeclContext(); 11987 } 11988 11989 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11990 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 11991 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 11992 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 11993 } 11994 11995 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11996 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 11997 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 11998 } 11999 12000 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12001 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12002 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12003 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12004 12005 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12006 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12007 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12008 RD->completeDefinition(); 12009 } 12010 12011 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12012 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12013 // the FieldCollector. 12014 12015 PopDeclContext(); 12016 } 12017 12018 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12019 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12020 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12021 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12022 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12023 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12024 if (ZeroWidth) 12025 *ZeroWidth = true; 12026 12027 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12028 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12029 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12030 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12031 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12032 return ExprError(); 12033 if (FieldName) 12034 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12035 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12036 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12037 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12038 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12039 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12040 return ExprError(); 12041 12042 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12043 // it now. 12044 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12045 return BitWidth; 12046 12047 llvm::APSInt Value; 12048 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12049 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12050 return ICE; 12051 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12052 12053 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12054 *ZeroWidth = false; 12055 12056 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12057 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12058 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12059 12060 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12061 if (FieldName) 12062 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12063 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12064 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12065 << Value.toString(10); 12066 } 12067 12068 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12069 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12070 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 12071 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 12072 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12073 if (FieldName) 12074 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12075 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12076 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12077 12078 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12079 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12080 } 12081 12082 if (FieldName) 12083 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12084 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12085 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12086 else 12087 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12088 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12089 } 12090 } 12091 12092 return BitWidth; 12093 } 12094 12095 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12096 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12097 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12098 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12099 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12100 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12101 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12102 return Res; 12103 } 12104 12105 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12106 /// 12107 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12108 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12109 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12110 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12111 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12112 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12113 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12114 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12115 12116 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12117 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12118 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12119 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12120 12121 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12122 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12123 D.setInvalidType(); 12124 T = Context.IntTy; 12125 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12126 } 12127 } 12128 12129 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12130 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12131 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12132 D.setInvalidType(); 12133 } 12134 12135 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12136 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12137 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12138 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12139 D.setInvalidType(); 12140 } 12141 12142 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12143 12144 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12145 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12146 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12147 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12148 12149 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12150 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12151 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12152 LookupName(Previous, S); 12153 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12154 case LookupResult::Found: 12155 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12156 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12157 break; 12158 12159 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12160 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12161 break; 12162 12163 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12164 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12165 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12166 break; 12167 } 12168 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12169 12170 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12171 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12172 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12173 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12174 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12175 } 12176 12177 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12178 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12179 12180 bool Mutable 12181 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12182 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12183 FieldDecl *NewFD 12184 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12185 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12186 12187 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12188 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12189 12190 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12191 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12192 12193 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12194 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12195 // with the same name in the same scope. 12196 } else if (II) { 12197 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12198 } else 12199 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12200 12201 return NewFD; 12202 } 12203 12204 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12205 /// 12206 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12207 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12208 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12209 /// created. 12210 /// 12211 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12212 /// 12213 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12214 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12215 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12216 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12217 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12218 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12219 SourceLocation TSSL, 12220 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12221 Declarator *D) { 12222 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12223 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12224 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12225 12226 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12227 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12228 if (T.isNull()) { 12229 InvalidDecl = true; 12230 T = Context.IntTy; 12231 } 12232 12233 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12234 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12235 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12236 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12237 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12238 InvalidDecl = true; 12239 } else { 12240 NamedDecl *Def; 12241 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12242 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12243 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12244 InvalidDecl = true; 12245 } 12246 } 12247 } 12248 12249 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12250 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12251 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12252 InvalidDecl = true; 12253 } 12254 12255 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12256 // than a variably modified type. 12257 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12258 bool SizeIsNegative; 12259 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12260 12261 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12262 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12263 SizeIsNegative, 12264 Oversized); 12265 if (FixedTInfo) { 12266 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12267 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12268 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12269 } else { 12270 if (SizeIsNegative) 12271 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12272 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12273 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12274 << Oversized.toString(10); 12275 else 12276 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12277 InvalidDecl = true; 12278 } 12279 } 12280 12281 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12282 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12283 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12284 AbstractFieldType)) 12285 InvalidDecl = true; 12286 12287 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12288 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12289 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 12290 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12291 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12292 if (!BitWidth) { 12293 InvalidDecl = true; 12294 BitWidth = nullptr; 12295 ZeroWidth = false; 12296 } 12297 } 12298 12299 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12300 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12301 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12302 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12303 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 12304 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12305 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12306 12307 if (DiagID) { 12308 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12309 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12310 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12311 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12312 Mutable = false; 12313 InvalidDecl = true; 12314 } 12315 } 12316 12317 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12318 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12319 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12320 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12321 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12322 12323 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12324 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12325 if (InvalidDecl) 12326 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12327 12328 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12329 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12330 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12331 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12332 } 12333 12334 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12335 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12336 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12337 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12338 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12339 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12340 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12341 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12342 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12343 // objects. 12344 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12345 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12346 } 12347 } 12348 12349 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12350 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12351 // enabled. 12352 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12353 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12354 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12355 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12356 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12357 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12358 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12359 } 12360 } 12361 } 12362 12363 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12364 // representation, not a parser representation. 12365 if (D) { 12366 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12367 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12368 12369 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12370 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12371 } 12372 12373 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12374 // retainable type. 12375 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12376 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12377 12378 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12379 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12380 12381 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12382 return NewFD; 12383 } 12384 12385 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12386 assert(FD); 12387 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12388 12389 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12390 return false; 12391 12392 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12393 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12394 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12395 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12396 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12397 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12398 // copy constructors. 12399 12400 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12401 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12402 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12403 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12404 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12405 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12406 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12407 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12408 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12409 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12410 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12411 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12412 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12413 member = CXXDestructor; 12414 12415 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12416 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12417 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12418 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12419 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12420 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12421 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12422 // members unavailable. 12423 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12424 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12425 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12426 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12427 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12428 Loc)); 12429 return false; 12430 } 12431 } 12432 12433 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12434 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12435 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12436 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12437 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12438 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12439 } 12440 } 12441 } 12442 12443 return false; 12444 } 12445 12446 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12447 /// AST enum value. 12448 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12449 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12450 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12451 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12452 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12453 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12454 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12455 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12456 } 12457 } 12458 12459 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12460 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12461 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12462 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12463 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12464 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12465 12466 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12467 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12468 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12469 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12470 12471 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12472 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12473 12474 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12475 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12476 12477 if (BitWidth) { 12478 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12479 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12480 if (!BitWidth) 12481 D.setInvalidType(); 12482 } else { 12483 // Not a bitfield. 12484 12485 // validate II. 12486 12487 } 12488 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12489 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12490 D.setInvalidType(); 12491 } 12492 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12493 // than a variably modified type. 12494 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12495 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12496 D.setInvalidType(); 12497 } 12498 12499 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12500 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12501 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12502 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12503 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12504 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12505 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12506 return nullptr; 12507 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12508 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12509 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12510 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12511 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12512 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12513 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12514 } 12515 else 12516 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12517 } else { 12518 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12519 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12520 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12521 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12522 return nullptr; 12523 } 12524 } 12525 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12526 } 12527 12528 // Construct the decl. 12529 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12530 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12531 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12532 12533 if (II) { 12534 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 12535 ForRedeclaration); 12536 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 12537 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12538 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12539 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12540 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12541 } 12542 } 12543 12544 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 12545 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 12546 12547 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12548 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12549 12550 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 12551 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 12552 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12553 12554 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12555 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 12556 12557 if (II) { 12558 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 12559 // these to the interface. 12560 S->AddDecl(NewID); 12561 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 12562 } 12563 12564 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 12565 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 12566 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 12567 12568 return NewID; 12569 } 12570 12571 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 12572 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 12573 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 12574 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 12575 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 12576 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 12577 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 12578 return; 12579 12580 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 12581 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 12582 12583 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 12584 return; 12585 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 12586 if (!ID) { 12587 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 12588 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 12589 return; 12590 } 12591 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 12592 else 12593 return; 12594 } 12595 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 12596 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 12597 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 12598 12599 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 12600 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 12601 Context.CharTy, 12602 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 12603 DeclLoc), 12604 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 12605 true); 12606 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 12607 } 12608 12609 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 12610 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 12611 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 12612 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 12613 12614 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 12615 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 12616 // it will now change. 12617 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12618 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12619 switch (DC->getKind()) { 12620 default: break; 12621 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 12622 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12623 break; 12624 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 12625 Context. 12626 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12627 break; 12628 } 12629 } 12630 12631 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12632 12633 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 12634 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 12635 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 12636 if (Record) { 12637 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 12638 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 12639 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 12640 ++NumNamedMembers; 12641 } 12642 } 12643 12644 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 12645 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 12646 12647 bool ARCErrReported = false; 12648 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 12649 i != end; ++i) { 12650 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 12651 12652 // Get the type for the field. 12653 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 12654 12655 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 12656 // Remember all fields written by the user. 12657 RecFields.push_back(FD); 12658 } 12659 12660 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 12661 // diagnostics about it. 12662 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12663 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12664 continue; 12665 } 12666 12667 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 12668 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 12669 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 12670 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 12671 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 12672 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 12673 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 12674 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 12675 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 12676 // array. 12677 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 12678 // Field declared as a function. 12679 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 12680 << FD->getDeclName(); 12681 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12682 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12683 continue; 12684 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 12685 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 12686 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 12687 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 12688 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 12689 // Flexible array member. 12690 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 12691 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 12692 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 12693 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12694 if (Record->isUnion()) 12695 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12696 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 12697 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12698 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 12699 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 12700 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 12701 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12702 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 12703 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12704 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 12705 : NumNamedMembers < 1 12706 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 12707 : 0; 12708 12709 if (DiagID) 12710 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 12711 << Record->getTagKind(); 12712 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 12713 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 12714 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 12715 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 12716 // of the type. 12717 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 12718 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 12719 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 12720 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12721 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 12722 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 12723 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12724 12725 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 12726 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 12727 // 12728 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 12729 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 12730 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12731 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 12732 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 12733 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12734 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12735 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12736 continue; 12737 } 12738 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 12739 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12740 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 12741 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12742 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12743 // Incomplete type 12744 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12745 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12746 continue; 12747 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12748 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 12749 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 12750 // flexible array member. 12751 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12752 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 12753 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 12754 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 12755 // structures. 12756 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 12757 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 12758 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12759 else { 12760 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 12761 // other structs as an extension. 12762 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 12763 << FD->getDeclName(); 12764 } 12765 } 12766 } 12767 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 12768 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12769 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12770 AbstractIvarType)) { 12771 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 12772 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12773 } 12774 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12775 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12776 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 12777 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12778 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 12779 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 12780 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 12781 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 12782 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 12783 FD->setType(T); 12784 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 12785 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 12786 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 12787 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 12788 // so we just make the field unavailable. 12789 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 12790 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 12791 QualType T = FD->getType(); 12792 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 12793 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 12794 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 12795 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 12796 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 12797 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12798 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12799 loc)); 12800 } 12801 } else { 12802 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 12803 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 12804 } 12805 ARCErrReported = true; 12806 } 12807 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 12808 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 12809 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 12810 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12811 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 12812 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12813 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 12814 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12815 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 12816 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12817 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12818 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12819 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 12820 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12821 } 12822 } 12823 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 12824 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12825 // Keep track of the number of named members. 12826 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 12827 ++NumNamedMembers; 12828 } 12829 12830 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 12831 if (Record) { 12832 bool Completed = false; 12833 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 12834 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 12835 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 12836 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 12837 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 12838 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 12839 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 12840 12841 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 12842 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 12843 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 12844 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12845 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 12846 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 12847 } 12848 12849 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 12850 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 12851 12852 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 12853 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 12854 // problem now. 12855 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 12856 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 12857 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 12858 12859 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 12860 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 12861 M != MEnd; ++M) { 12862 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 12863 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 12864 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 12865 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 12866 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 12867 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 12868 continue; 12869 12870 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 12871 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 12872 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 12873 // program is ill-formed. 12874 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 12875 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 12876 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 12877 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 12878 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 12879 OM = SO->second.begin(), 12880 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 12881 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 12882 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 12883 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 12884 12885 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12886 } 12887 } 12888 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 12889 Completed = true; 12890 } 12891 } 12892 } 12893 } 12894 12895 if (!Completed) 12896 Record->completeDefinition(); 12897 12898 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 12899 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 12900 12901 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 12902 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 12903 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 12904 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 12905 } 12906 12907 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 12908 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 12909 // compatibility problems. 12910 bool CheckForZeroSize; 12911 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12912 CheckForZeroSize = true; 12913 } else { 12914 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 12915 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 12916 CheckForZeroSize = 12917 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 12918 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 12919 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 12920 } 12921 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 12922 bool ZeroSize = true; 12923 bool IsEmpty = true; 12924 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 12925 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 12926 E = Record->field_end(); 12927 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 12928 IsEmpty = false; 12929 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 12930 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 12931 ZeroSize = false; 12932 } else { 12933 ++NonBitFields; 12934 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 12935 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 12936 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 12937 ZeroSize = false; 12938 } 12939 } 12940 12941 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 12942 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 12943 // extern "C" block. 12944 if (ZeroSize) { 12945 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 12946 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 12947 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 12948 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 12949 } 12950 12951 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 12952 // but are accepted by GCC. 12953 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12954 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 12955 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 12956 << Record->isUnion(); 12957 } 12958 } 12959 } else { 12960 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 12961 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 12962 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12963 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 12964 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 12965 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12966 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 12967 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12968 } 12969 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 12970 // duplicates. 12971 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 12972 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 12973 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12974 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12975 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 12976 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 12977 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 12978 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 12979 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 12980 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 12981 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12982 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12983 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12984 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12985 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 12986 // reported as errors elsewhere. 12987 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 12988 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 12989 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 12990 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 12991 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 12992 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12993 if (IDecl) { 12994 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 12995 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12996 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12997 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12998 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12999 continue; 13000 } 13001 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13002 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13003 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13004 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13005 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13006 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13007 continue; 13008 } 13009 } 13010 } 13011 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13012 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13013 } 13014 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13015 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13016 } 13017 } 13018 13019 if (Attr) 13020 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13021 } 13022 13023 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13024 /// the given type T. 13025 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13026 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13027 QualType T) { 13028 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13029 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13030 13031 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13032 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13033 --BitWidth; 13034 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13035 } 13036 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13037 } 13038 13039 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13040 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13041 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13042 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13043 // enum checking below. 13044 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13045 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13046 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13047 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13048 }; 13049 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13050 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13051 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13052 }; 13053 13054 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13055 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13056 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13057 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13058 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13059 return Types[I]; 13060 13061 return QualType(); 13062 } 13063 13064 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13065 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13066 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13067 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13068 Expr *Val) { 13069 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13070 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13071 QualType EltTy; 13072 13073 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13074 Val = nullptr; 13075 13076 if (Val) 13077 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13078 13079 if (Val) { 13080 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13081 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13082 else { 13083 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13084 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13085 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13086 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13087 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13088 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13089 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13090 ExprResult Converted = 13091 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13092 CCEK_Enumerator); 13093 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13094 Val = nullptr; 13095 else 13096 Val = Converted.get(); 13097 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13098 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13099 &EnumVal).get())) { 13100 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13101 } else { 13102 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13103 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13104 13105 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13106 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13107 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13108 // expression checking. 13109 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13110 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13111 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13112 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13113 } else 13114 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13115 } else 13116 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13117 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13118 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13119 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13120 // is the type of its initializing value: 13121 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13122 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13123 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13124 } else { 13125 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13126 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13127 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13128 // representable as an int. 13129 13130 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13131 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13132 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13133 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13134 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13135 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13136 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13137 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13138 } 13139 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13140 } 13141 } 13142 } 13143 } 13144 13145 if (!Val) { 13146 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13147 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13148 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13149 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13150 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13151 // is the type of its initializing value: 13152 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13153 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13154 // 13155 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13156 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13157 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13158 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13159 } 13160 else { 13161 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13162 } 13163 } else { 13164 // Assign the last value + 1. 13165 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13166 ++EnumVal; 13167 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13168 13169 // Check for overflow on increment. 13170 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13171 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13172 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13173 // is the type of its initializing value: 13174 // 13175 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13176 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13177 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13178 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13179 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13180 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13181 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13182 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13183 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13184 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13185 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13186 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13187 ++EnumVal; 13188 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13189 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13190 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13191 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13192 << EltTy; 13193 else 13194 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13195 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13196 } else { 13197 EltTy = T; 13198 } 13199 13200 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13201 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13202 // value, then increment. 13203 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13204 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13205 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13206 ++EnumVal; 13207 13208 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13209 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13210 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13211 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13212 // integral type. 13213 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13214 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13215 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13216 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13217 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13218 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13219 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13220 } 13221 } 13222 } 13223 13224 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13225 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13226 // enumerator's type. 13227 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13228 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13229 } 13230 13231 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13232 Val, EnumVal); 13233 } 13234 13235 13236 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13237 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13238 AttributeList *Attr, 13239 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13240 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13241 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13242 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13243 13244 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13245 // we find one that is. 13246 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13247 13248 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13249 // scope. 13250 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13251 ForRedeclaration); 13252 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13253 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13254 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13255 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13256 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13257 } 13258 13259 if (PrevDecl) { 13260 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13261 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13262 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13263 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13264 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13265 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13266 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13267 else 13268 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13269 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13270 return nullptr; 13271 } 13272 } 13273 13274 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13275 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13276 // different from T: 13277 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13278 // enumerated type 13279 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 13280 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 13281 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13282 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 13283 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 13284 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 13285 13286 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13287 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13288 13289 if (New) { 13290 // Process attributes. 13291 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13292 13293 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13294 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13295 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13296 } 13297 13298 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13299 13300 return New; 13301 } 13302 13303 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13304 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13305 // Element2 = Element1 13306 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13307 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13308 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13309 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13310 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13311 if (!InitExpr) 13312 return true; 13313 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13314 13315 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13316 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13317 return true; 13318 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13319 if (!IL) 13320 return true; 13321 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13322 return true; 13323 13324 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13325 } 13326 13327 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13328 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13329 if (!DRE) 13330 return true; 13331 13332 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13333 if (!EnumConstant) 13334 return true; 13335 13336 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13337 Enum) 13338 return true; 13339 13340 return false; 13341 } 13342 13343 struct DupKey { 13344 int64_t val; 13345 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13346 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13347 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13348 }; 13349 13350 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13351 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13352 false); 13353 } 13354 13355 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13356 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13357 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13358 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13359 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13360 } 13361 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13362 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13363 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13364 } 13365 }; 13366 13367 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13368 // a previous element has already been set to. 13369 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13370 EnumDecl *Enum, 13371 QualType EnumType) { 13372 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13373 return; 13374 // Avoid anonymous enums 13375 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13376 return; 13377 13378 // Only check for small enums. 13379 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13380 return; 13381 13382 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13383 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13384 13385 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13386 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13387 ValueToVectorMap; 13388 13389 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13390 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13391 13392 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13393 // an initialier. 13394 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13395 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13396 13397 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13398 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13399 if (!ECD) { 13400 return; 13401 } 13402 13403 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13404 continue; 13405 13406 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13407 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13408 13409 // First time encountering this value. 13410 if (Entry.isNull()) 13411 Entry = ECD; 13412 } 13413 13414 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13415 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13416 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13417 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13418 continue; 13419 13420 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13421 13422 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13423 if (Entry.isNull()) 13424 continue; 13425 13426 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13427 // Ensure constants are different. 13428 if (D == ECD) 13429 continue; 13430 13431 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13432 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13433 Vec->push_back(D); 13434 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13435 13436 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13437 Entry = Vec; 13438 13439 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13440 // diagnostics. 13441 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13442 continue; 13443 } 13444 13445 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13446 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13447 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13448 continue; 13449 13450 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13451 } 13452 13453 // Emit diagnostics. 13454 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13455 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13456 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13457 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13458 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13459 13460 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13461 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13462 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13463 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13464 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13465 ++I; 13466 13467 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13468 // the same value. 13469 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13470 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13471 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13472 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13473 delete Vec; 13474 } 13475 } 13476 13477 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 13478 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 13479 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13480 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 13481 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 13482 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 13483 13484 if (Attr) 13485 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 13486 13487 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 13488 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13489 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13490 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13491 if (!ECD) continue; 13492 13493 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13494 } 13495 13496 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 13497 return; 13498 } 13499 13500 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 13501 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 13502 // emit a warning. 13503 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13504 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 13505 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 13506 13507 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 13508 // reverse the list. 13509 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 13510 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 13511 13512 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 13513 bool AllElementsInt = true; 13514 13515 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13516 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13517 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13518 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13519 13520 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13521 13522 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 13523 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 13524 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 13525 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 13526 else 13527 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 13528 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 13529 13530 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 13531 if (AllElementsInt) 13532 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 13533 } 13534 13535 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 13536 QualType BestType; 13537 unsigned BestWidth; 13538 13539 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 13540 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 13541 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 13542 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 13543 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 13544 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 13545 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 13546 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 13547 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 13548 QualType BestPromotionType; 13549 13550 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 13551 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 13552 // enum definitions. 13553 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 13554 Packed = true; 13555 13556 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13557 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13558 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 13559 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 13560 else 13561 BestPromotionType = BestType; 13562 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 13563 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 13564 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 13565 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13566 } 13567 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 13568 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 13569 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 13570 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13571 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 13572 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 13573 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13574 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 13575 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 13576 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 13577 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13578 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 13579 BestType = Context.IntTy; 13580 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13581 } else { 13582 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 13583 13584 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 13585 BestType = Context.LongTy; 13586 } else { 13587 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13588 13589 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 13590 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 13591 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 13592 } 13593 } 13594 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 13595 } else { 13596 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 13597 // all of the enumerator values. 13598 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13599 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 13600 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 13601 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13602 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13603 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 13604 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 13605 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13606 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13607 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 13608 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 13609 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13610 BestPromotionType 13611 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13612 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 13613 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 13614 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 13615 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 13616 BestPromotionType 13617 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13618 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 13619 } else { 13620 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13621 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 13622 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 13623 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 13624 BestPromotionType 13625 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13626 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 13627 } 13628 } 13629 13630 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 13631 // the type of the enum if needed. 13632 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13633 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13634 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13635 13636 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 13637 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 13638 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 13639 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 13640 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 13641 13642 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 13643 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13644 13645 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 13646 // the enum decl type. 13647 QualType NewTy; 13648 unsigned NewWidth; 13649 bool NewSign; 13650 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13651 !Enum->isFixed() && 13652 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 13653 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 13654 NewWidth = IntWidth; 13655 NewSign = true; 13656 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 13657 // Already the right type! 13658 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13659 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13660 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13661 // enumeration. 13662 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13663 continue; 13664 } else { 13665 NewTy = BestType; 13666 NewWidth = BestWidth; 13667 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 13668 } 13669 13670 // Adjust the APSInt value. 13671 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 13672 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 13673 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 13674 13675 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 13676 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 13677 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 13678 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 13679 CK_IntegralCast, 13680 ECD->getInitExpr(), 13681 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 13682 VK_RValue)); 13683 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13684 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13685 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13686 // enumeration. 13687 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13688 else 13689 ECD->setType(NewTy); 13690 } 13691 13692 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 13693 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 13694 13695 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 13696 13697 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 13698 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 13699 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 13700 } 13701 13702 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 13703 SourceLocation StartLoc, 13704 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 13705 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 13706 13707 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 13708 AsmString, StartLoc, 13709 EndLoc); 13710 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13711 return New; 13712 } 13713 13714 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 13715 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13716 DeclContext *DC) { 13717 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 13718 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 13719 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 13720 if (!M->IsExternC) { 13721 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 13722 << M->getFullModuleName(); 13723 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 13724 return; 13725 } 13726 break; 13727 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 13728 break; 13729 } 13730 DC = LSD->getParent(); 13731 } 13732 13733 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 13734 DC = DC->getParent(); 13735 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 13736 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13737 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 13738 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 13739 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13740 << DC; 13741 } 13742 } 13743 13744 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 13745 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13746 ModuleIdPath Path) { 13747 Module *Mod = 13748 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 13749 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 13750 if (!Mod) 13751 return true; 13752 13753 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 13754 13755 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 13756 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 13757 // silently ignoring the import. 13758 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 13759 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 13760 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 13761 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 13762 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 13763 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 13764 13765 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 13766 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 13767 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 13768 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 13769 // We need the length to be consistent. 13770 if (!ModCheck) 13771 break; 13772 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 13773 13774 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 13775 } 13776 13777 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 13778 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 13779 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 13780 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 13781 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 13782 return Import; 13783 } 13784 13785 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 13786 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 13787 13788 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here? 13789 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc, 13790 /*Complain=*/true); 13791 } 13792 13793 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 13794 Module *Mod) { 13795 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 13796 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 13797 return; 13798 13799 // Create the implicit import declaration. 13800 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 13801 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 13802 Loc, Mod, Loc); 13803 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 13804 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 13805 13806 // Make the module visible. 13807 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 13808 /*Complain=*/false); 13809 } 13810 13811 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13812 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13813 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13814 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13815 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13816 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 13817 LookupOrdinaryName); 13818 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, 13819 AliasName->getName(), 0); 13820 13821 if (PrevDecl) 13822 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 13823 else 13824 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13825 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 13826 } 13827 13828 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13829 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13830 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13831 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 13832 13833 if (PrevDecl) { 13834 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 13835 } else { 13836 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13837 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 13838 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 13839 } 13840 } 13841 13842 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13843 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13844 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13845 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13846 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13847 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 13848 LookupOrdinaryName); 13849 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 13850 13851 if (PrevDecl) { 13852 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 13853 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13854 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 13855 } else { 13856 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13857 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 13858 } 13859 } 13860 13861 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 13862 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 13863 } 13864 13865 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 13866 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 13867 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 13868 // both the availability of the method as well as the 13869 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 13870 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 13871 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 13872 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 13873 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 13874 if (R != AR_Available) 13875 return R; 13876 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 13877 } 13878 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 13879 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 13880 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 13881 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 13882 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 13883 } 13884 // Recover from user error. 13885 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 13886 } 13887